Sikkerhedsdatablad

Test Report issued under the responsibility of:
TEST REPORT
IEC 60335-2-21 & IEC 60335-2-40
Safety of household and similar electrical appliances
Part 2: Particular requirements for water heaters & particular
requirements for electrical heat pumps, air-conditioners and
dehumidifiers
Report Number. .............................. : 23029040BKK-001

Date of issue ................................... : 07 March 2023
Total number of pages .................. : 222 Pages
Name of Testing Laboratory

preparing the Report ..................... : Intertek Testing Services (Thailand) Ltd.
Applicant’s name ........................... : Panasonic Corporation
Address ........................................... : 1006, Oaza Kadoma, Kadoma City, Osaka 571-8501, Japan.
Test specification:
Standard ......................................... : IEC 60335-2-21:2012, COR1:2013, AMD1:2018 & IEC 60335-2-
40:2018 used in conjunction with IEC 60335-1:2010, COR1:2010,
COR2:2010, AMD1:2013, COR1:2014, AMD2:2016, COR1:2016
Test procedure ............................... : CB Scheme
Non-standard test method ............ : N/A
Test Report Form No. .................... : IEC60335_2_21&40I
Test Report Form(s) Originator .... : LCIE
Master TRF ..................................... : Dated 2020-04-09
Copyright © 2020 IEC System of Conformity Assessment Schemes for Electrotechnical
Equipment and Components (IECEE System). All rights reserved.
This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for non-commercial purposes as long as the IECEE is acknowledged as
copyright owner and source of the material. IECEE takes no responsibility for and will not assume liability for damages resulting
from the reader's interpretation of the reproduced material due to its placement and context.
If this Test Report Form is used by non-IECEE members, the IECEE/IEC logo and the reference to the
CB Scheme procedure shall be removed.
This report is not valid as a CB Test Report unless signed by an approved CB Testing Laboratory
and appended to a CB Test Certificate issued by an NCB in accordance with IECEE 02.
General disclaimer:
The test results presented in this report relate only to the object tested.
This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written approval of the Issuing CB Testing
Laboratory. The authenticity of this Test Report and its contents can be verified by contacting the NCB,
responsible for this Test Report.
Disclaimer: This document is controlled and has been released electronically.

Only the version on the IECEE Website is the current document version
Page 2 of 222 Report No. 23029040BKK-001
Test item description ....................... : Air-to-Water Heatpump (Outdoor unit)

Trade Mark(s) ................................... :
Manufacturer .................................... : Panasonic Corporation

1006, Oaza Kadoma, Kadoma City, Osaka 571-8501, Japan.
Model/Type reference ...................... : Air-to-Water Heatpump (Outdoor unit):

WH-WDG05LE5
WH-WDG07LE5
WH-WDG09LE5
Ratings .............................................. : 230V~ 50Hz; Class I; R290

(See details in marking on page 06 to 08 general product
information in page 10 to 11)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Responsible Testing Laboratory (as applicable), testing procedure and testing location(s):
CB Testing Laboratory: Intertek Testing Services (Thailand) Ltd.

Testing location/ address ............................. : 1285/5 Prachachuen Road., Wongsawang, Bangsue,
Bangkok, 10800 THAILAND
Tested by (name, function, signature) ........ : Chain Rangsiri
(Test Engineer)
Approved by (name, function, signature) ... : Peerapon Sintuaus

(Reviewer)
Testing procedure: CTF Stage 1:

Testing location/ address ............................. : N/A
Tested by (name, function, signature) ........ : N/A
Approved by (name, function, signature) ... : N/A
Testing procedure: CTF Stage 2: Panasonic Corporation

Testing location/ address ............................. : 2-3-1-1 Noji-higashi, Kusatsu City, Shiga 525-8520, Japan
Tested by (name + signature) ...................... : Eiji Goto
Witnessed by (name, function, signature) . : Tanawat Yoksakoon

(Witness tester)
Approved by (name, function, signature) ... : Peerapon Sintuaus

(Reviewer)
Testing procedure: CTF Stage 3: N/A

Testing procedure: CTF Stage 4: N/A
Testing location/ address ............................. : N/A
Tested by (name, function, signature) ........ : N/A
Witnessed by (name, function, signature) . : N/A
Approved by (name, function, signature) ... : N/A
Supervised by (name, function, signature) : N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

List of Attachments (including a total number of pages in each attachment):

Attachment 1: List of Equipment (1 page)
Attachment 2: Attachment IEC 60335-2-21 & 40 EUROPEAN GROUP DIFFERENCES AND NATIONAL
DIFFERENCES, 2019-11-01 (15 pages)
Attachment 3: Attachment IEC 60335-2-21 EUROPEAN GROUP DIFFERENCES AND NATIONAL
DIFFERENCES, 2022-04-14 (15 pages)
Attachment 4: Unit Picture (5 pages)
Summary of testing:
Tests performed (name of test and test clause): Testing location:

Clause 7 : Marking and instructions 1. All clause (except clause 19.7 Fan
motor)
Clause 8 : Protection against access to live parts
Intertek Testing Services (Thailand) Ltd.
Clause 10 : Power input and current 1285/5 Prachachuen Road., Wongsawang,
Clause 11 : Heating Bangsue, Bangkok, 10800 THAILAND
Clause 13 : Leakage current and electric strength

at operating temperature 2. Clause 19.7 (Fan motor)
Clause 15 : Moisture resistance Panasonic Corporation
2-3-1-1 Noji-higashi, Kusatsu City, Shiga
Clause 16 : Leakage current and electric strength 525-8520, Japan
Clause 19 : Abnormal operation
Clause 20 : Stability and mechanical hazards
Clause 21 : Mechanical strength
Clause 22 : Construction
Clause 23 : Internal wiring
Clause 24 : Components
Clause 25 : Supply connection and external flexible
cords
Clause 26 : Terminals for external conductors
Clause 27 : Provision for earthing
Clause 28 : Screws and connections
Clause 29 : Clearances, Creepage distances and
Solid insulation
Clause 30 : Resistance to heat and fire
Clause 31 : Resistance to rusting
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Summary of compliance with National Differences (List of countries addressed):

- N/A
The product fulfils the requirements of
- IEC 60335-2-21:2012, COR1:2013, AMD1:2018
- IEC 60335-2-40:2018
- IEC 60335-1:2010, COR1:2010, COR2:2010, AMD1:2013, COR1:2014, AMD2:2016, COR1:2016
- IEC 62233:2005
- EN 60335-2-21:2003+A1:2005+A2:2008
- EN 60335-2-21:2021 + A1:2021
- EN 60335-2-40:2003+A11:2004+A12:2005+A1:2006+A2:2009+A13:2012
- EN 60335-1:2012+AC:2014+A11:2014+A13:2017+A1:2019+A14:2019+A2:2019
- EN 60335 1:2012 + AC:2014 + A11:2014 + A13:2017 + A1:2019 + A14:2019 + A2:2019 + A15:2021
- EN 62233:2008+AC:2008
Statement concerning the uncertainty of the measurement systems used for the tests
(may be required by the product standard or client)
Internal procedure used for type testing through which traceability of the measuring
uncertainty has been established:
Procedure number, issue date and title:
Calculations leading to the reported values are on file with the NCB and testing laboratory that conducted
the testing.
Statement not required by the standard used for type testing

(Note: When IEC or ISO standard requires a statement concerning the uncertainty of the measurement systems used for tests, this
should be reported above. The informative text in parenthesis should be delete in both cases after selecting the applicable option)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Copy of marking plate:

The artwork below may be only a draft. The use of certification marks on a product must be
authorized by the respective NCBs that own these marks.
(Cont’d)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Copy of marking plate: (Cont’d)

(Cont’d)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Copy of marking plate: (Cont’d)

(Cont’d)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Test item particulars...................................................: Air-to-Water Heatpump (Outdoor unit)

Classification of installation and use.......................: Class I; Fixed appliance
Supply Connection .....................................................: Set of terminals for connection to indoor unit by
interconnection cord
.......................................................................................:
Possible test case verdicts:
- test case does not apply to the test object ........... : N/A
- test object does meet the requirement.................. : P (Pass)
- test object does not meet the requirement ........... : F (Fail)
Testing.......................................................................... :
Date of receipt of test item ........................................ : 15 November 2022
Date (s) of performance of tests ............................... : 01 December 2022 – 23 February 2023
General remarks:
The test results presented in this report relate only to the object tested.
This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written approval of the Issuing testing
laboratory.
This report is for the exclusive use of Intertek’s Client and is provided pursuant to the agreement between
Intertek and its Client. Intertek’s responsibility and liability are limited to the terms and conditions of the
agreement. Intertek assumes no liability to any party, other than to the Client in accordance with the
agreement, for any loss, expense or damage occasioned by the use of this report. Only the Client is
authorized to permit copying or distribution of this report and then only in its entirety. Any use of the
Intertek name or one of its marks for the sale or advertisement of the tested material, product or service
must first be approved in writing by Intertek. The observations and test results in this report are relevant
only to the sample tested. This report by itself does not imply that the material, product, or service is or
has ever been under an Intertek certification program.
The measurement uncertainty has been taken into consideration of the test results.
"(See Enclosure #)" refers to additional information appended to the report.
"(See appended table)" refers to a table appended to the report.
Throughout this report a comma / point is used as the decimal separator.
Manufacturer’s Declaration per sub-clause 4.2.5 of IECEE 02:

The application for obtaining a CB Test Certificate Yes
includes more than one factory location and a Not applicable
declaration from the Manufacturer stating that the
sample(s) submitted for evaluation is (are)
representative of the products from each factory has
been provided ............................................................... :
When differences exist; they shall be identified in the General product information section.
Name and address of factory (ies) .......................... : See in general product information
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

General product information and other remarks:
No. Items General product information

1 Product type Air-to-Water Heatpump (Outdoor unit)
(Air-to-Water Heatpump (Outdoor unit) designed to operate in
combination with Air-to-water Hydromodule + Tank (Indoor unit)
2 Class of appliance Class I appliance
3 Operating mode Cooling and Heating mode
4 Refrigerant used R290
5 Supply connection Based on manufacturer instruction
- Indoor unit is provided with set of terminals for connection to
supply main by supply cord
- Outdoor unit is provided with set of terminals and to be
connected to indoor unit by interconnection cord
- Indoor unit and outdoor unit are connected for communication by
communication cable
6 Supply cord Supply cord, interconnection cord and communication cable are
specification not provided with this product, however installation and
specification specified in manufacturer instruction
- Supply cord: 60245 IEC57 (For reference, connected supply
terminal of indoor unit)
- Interconnection cord: 60245 IEC57
- Installed by qualified person
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

General product information and other remarks: (Cont’d)
The following models are included by this test report.
Air-to-Water Heatpump Refrigerant

No. Power supply Maximum input
(Outdoor unit)
Type Amount (max)
1. WH-WDG05LE5 2,93kW / 13,0A R290 0,96 kg
2. WH-WDG07LE5 230V~ 50Hz 3,56kW / 15,8A R290 0,96 kg
3. WH-WDG09LE5 3,56kW / 15,8A R290 1,00 kg
Regarding to manufacturer instruction, all models have the same construction, design and basic
components used, except model name and some components as in table 24.1.
The following models were selected as representative sample for testing in this report
1. Outdoor unit model WH-WDG09LE5 matching with indoor unit model WH-ADC0509L6E5AN were
selected as representative sample for testing at electrical rating to represent all outdoor units in
this report
2. Outdoor unit model WH-WDG09LE5 matching with indoor unit model WH-ADC0509L3E5B were
selected as representative sample for testing at electrical rating represent all outdoor units in this
report
Note:
1. Air-to-water Hydromodule + Tank (Indoor unit) designed to operate in combination with an air-to-
water heatpump (Outdoor unit) containing refrigerant R290
2. Refrigerant only contain in outdoor unit, no refrigerant pipe connection to indoor unit
3. Indoor units are provided by manufacturer as set combination matching with above outdoor unit
for testing only. So, test result of indoor units is not covered in this report
Name and address of factory (ies):
Item Information
Model WH-WDG05LE5
WH-WDG07LE5
WH-WDG09LE5
Factory 1 Panasonic Appliances Air-Conditioning Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
Lot 2, Persiaran Tengku Ampuan, Sec. 21, Shah Alam Industrial
Site,Selangor, Malaysia
Factory 2 Panasonic AVC Networks Czech, s.r.o.
U Panasoniku 1, 32084, Plzeň, Czech Republic
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Clause Requirement + Test Result - Remark Verdict
5 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE TESTS ⎯

Tests performed according to clause 5, e.g. P
nature of supply, sequence of testing, etc.
5.2 Tests of clause 21 carried out on separate P
samples. Tests of clauses 11, 19 and 21 require
pressure measurements made at various points
in refrigerating system ............... (IEC 60335-2-40)
At least one additional specially prepared sample N/A
required for tests of annex FF (Leak simulation
tests)(IEC 60335-2-40)
Temperatures on refrigerant piping measured P
during test of clause 11(IEC 60335-2-40)
If the tests of Annex LL are carried out, at least N/A
two additional sensors are needed.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
If the test of Annex NN has to be carried out, an N/A
additional appliance may be
used.(IEC 60335-2-40)
Due to the potentially hazardous nature of the P
tests of Clause 21 and Annexes EE and FF,
special precautions need to be taken when
carrying out the tests.(IEC 60335-2-40)
5.6 Appropriate controls rendered inoperative during P
the test(IEC 60335-2-40)
5.7 Tests of clauses 10 and 11 carried out under P
most severe operating conditions within operating
temperature range specified by manufacturer.
Annex AA provide examples of such temperature
conditions (IEC 60335-2-40)
5.10 For split-package units, refrigerant lines installed No refrigerant pipe used N/A
in accordance with installation instructions(IEC between indoor unit and
60335-2-40) outdoor unit
Length of pipe is between 5 m and 7,5 m N/A

(IEC 60335-2-40)
Thermal insulation of refrigerant lines applied in N/A
accordance with installation instruction
(IEC 60335-2-40)
5.101 Motor-compressor comply with cl.19 of IEC 60335- P
2-34, unless (IEC 60335-2-40)
motor-compressor comply with that standard (IEC N/A
60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

5.102 Motor-compressors tested and comply with N/A

IEC 60335-2-34 need not additionally tested for
clause 21(IEC 60335-2-40)
6 CLASSIFICATION ⎯
6.1 Protection against electric shock: Class I Appliance P
Class I, II, III ............................ (IEC 60335-2-40)
Water heaters shall be class I, class II or class III. ......... (IEC 60335-2-21) N/A
6.2 Protection against harmful ingress of water, IP degree in accordance with ⎯
IEC 60529 (IEC 60335-2-40:2018)
-appliances or parts intended for outdoor use be P
at least IPX4
-appliances intended only for indoor use N/A
(excluding laundry rooms) be IPX0
-appliances intended only for indoor use N/A
(excluding laundry rooms) be IPX0
Water heaters for installation outdoors shall be at N/A
least IPX4. Other water heaters shall be at least
IPX1;(IEC 60335-2-21)
6.101 Degree of accessibility (accessible/not accessible Accessible to general Public P
to the general public) (IEC 60335-2-40)
7 MARKING AND INSTRUCTIONS ⎯
7.1 Rated voltage or voltage range (V) ............. : 230V~ P
Symbol for nature of supply including number of 230V~ P
phases, unless for single phase operation
(IEC 60335-2-40):
Rated frequency (Hz).................................. : 50Hz P
Rated power input (W), or .......................... : See in marking plate P
Rated current (A) ....................................... : See in marking plate P
Manufacturer's or responsible vendor's name, Panasonic Corporation, P
trademark or identification mark ................. :
Model or type reference .............................. : See in general product P

information
Symbol IEC 60417-5172, for class II appliances N/A
IP number, other than IPX0 ........................ : IPX4, Outdoor unit P
Symbol IEC 60417-5180 (2003-02),, for class III N/A
appliances, unless
the appliance is operated by batteries only, or N/A
for appliances powered by rechargeable batteries N/A
recharged in the appliance
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Symbol IEC 60417-5018, for class II and class III N/A

appliances incorporating a functional earth
Symbol IEC 60417-5036, for the enclosure of N/A
electrically-operated water valves in external
hose-sets for connection of an appliance to the
water mains, if the working voltage exceeds
extra-low voltage
Closed water heater shall be marked with a N/A
statement that pressure relief device is to be fitted
unless incorporated in the appliance (IEC 60335-
2-21)
Closed water heater having rated pressure less N/A
than 0.6 MPa and low pressure water heaters that
a pressure reducing valve is to be fitted in the
installation (IEC 60335-2-21)
Open-outlet water heaters marked with a warning N/A
about no connection to tap or any fitting not
recommended by manufacturer (IEC 60335-2-21)
Refrigerant charge for each refrigerating system, See in marking plate P
(IEC 60335-2-40):
Refrigerant as designated under ISO R290 P
817……(IEC 60335-2-40):
Permissible excessive operating pressure for the N/A
storage tank (for sanitary hot water heat pumps);
(IEC 60335-2-40):
Maximum allowable pressure in the water and/or N/A
brine circuit for the heat exchanger for hydronic
fan coil units; (IEC 60335-2-40):
Maximum allowable pressure for the refrigerant H.P. 3,90MPa P
circuit; if the permissible excessive operating L.P. 1,37MPa
pressure for the suction and discharge side differ,
a separate indication is required (IEC 60335-2-
40):
for pre-charged pipe sets (IEC 60335-2-40): N/A
-refrigerant number in accordance with ISO 817 N/A
-the refrigerant charge in the line set N/A
-maximum allowable pressure N/A
Ratings in watts and voltage of a UV-C germicidal N/A
lamp system if employed ....... (IEC 60335-2-40):
Separate marking of the appliances with all the N/A
rated characteristics of the supplementary heaters
(IEC 60335-2-40):
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Appliances are marked with all of the N/A

designations and the rated inputs of the
supplementary heaters for which they are
intended to be used, and have provision for
identifying the actual heater that is field installed
................................................. (IEC 60335-2-40):
Marking of direction of fluid flow (IEC 60335-2-40) Evident form the design N/A
For appliances using flammable refrigerants, the P
flame symbol ISO 7010-W021 (2011-05) and the
operator’s manual symbol described in 7.6 be
visible when viewing the appliance after it has
been installed. .......................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
Marking may be behind a detachable part P
................................................. (IEC 60335-2-40)
Perpendicular height of the triangle used for the P
symbol shall be at least 30 mm. (IEC 60335-2-40)
For appliances that are not single packaged P
units, the required markings be provided on all
indoor and outdoor units which complete the
refrigerating system when
installed…………………………..(IEC 60335-2-40)
When an A2L refrigerant is used, the flame N/A
symbol ISO 7010-W021 (2011-05) be replaced
with the A2L symbol described in
7.6. ……………………………….(IEC 60335-2-40)
If a flammable refrigerant is used, the symbols for P
“read operator’s manual”, “operator’s manual;
operating instructions” and “service indicator;
read technical manual” (symbols ISO 7000-0790
(2004-01) and ISO 7000-1659 (2004-01))
including colour and format be placed on the
appliance in a location visible to the persons
required to know the information. The
perpendicular height of the symbol be at least
10 mm. ..................................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
If a flammable refrigerant is used, the symbols for P
“read operator’s manual”, “operator’s manual;
operating instructions” and “service indicator;
read technical manual” (symbols ISO 7000-0790
(2004-01) and ISO 7000-1659 (2004-01))
including colour and format be placed on the
appliance in a location visible to the persons
required to know the information. The
perpendicular height of the symbol be at least
10 mm. (IEC 60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

When an A2L refrigerant is used, the flame N/A

symbol ISO 7010-W021 (2011-05) be replaced
with the A2L symbol described in 7.6. (IEC
60335-2-40)
For appliances, which are not fixed appliances, Fixed appliance N/A
the minimum room size X shall be specified on
the appliance. The X in the marking shall be
determined in m2 according to Clause GG.2 for
unventilated areas; and the X in the marking shall
not be required if the refrigerant charge (mc) of
the appliance is up to m1 according to GG.1.1.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Following warning also be applied to the non- N/A
fixed appliance when a flammable refrigerant is
employed. The warning be placed on the outside
of the appliance such that it is visible when in
service for non-fixed appliance.
WARNING
Appliance shall be installed, operated and stored
in a room with a floor area larger than ‘X’ m².
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Minimum room size X be specified on the N/A
appliance. The X in the marking be determined in
m2 according to Annex GG; the marking not be
required if the refrigerant charge (mc) of the
appliance is up to m1 according to GG.1.2. (IEC
60335-2-40)
If not already visible when accessing service port P
and if service port provided, service port marked
to identify type of refrigerant. If refrigerant is
flammable, symbol B.3.2 of ISO 3864, be
included, without specifying the colour. When an
A2L refrigerant is used, the flame symbol ISO
7010-W021 (2011-05) be replaced with the A2L
symbol described in 7.6. (IEC 60335-2-40)
Appliances employing refrigerating systems with N/A
maximum allowable pressures > than 7 MPa be
marked with symbol ISO 7000-1701 (2004-01)
followed by the text “(X) MPa” and the Operator's
manual; operating instructions symbol ISO 7000-
1641 (2004-01). (IEC 60335-2-40)
Where: “X” is not less than the maximum N/A
allowable pressure as determined in Annex EE.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
7.2 Warning for stationary appliances for multiple N/A
supply
Warning placed in vicinity of terminal cover N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

7.3 Range of rated values marked with the lower and N/A
upper limits separated by a hyphen
Different rated values marked with the values N/A
separated by an oblique stroke
7.4 Appliances adjustable for different rated voltages N/A
or rated frequencies, the voltage or the frequency
setting is clearly discernible
Requirement met if frequent changes are not N/A
required and the rated voltage or rated frequency
to which the appliance is to be adjusted is
determined from a wiring diagram
7.5 Appliances with more than one rated voltage or N/A
one or more rated voltage ranges, marked with
rated input or rated current for each rated voltage
or range, unless
the power input is related to the arithmetic mean N/A
value of the rated voltage range
Relation between marking for upper and lower N/A
limits of rated power input or rated current and
voltage is clear
7.6 Correct symbols used P
Symbol for nature of supply placed next to rated P
voltage
Symbol for class II appliances placed unlikely to N/A
be confused with other marking
Units of physical quantities and their symbols P
according to international standardized system
Symbol ISO 7010-W021 (2011-05). P
....................................................... (IEC 60335-2-
40)
Symbol ISO 7000-1659 (2004-01) P
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
A2L symbol ................................. (IEC 60335-2- N/A
40)
Symbol ISO 7000-1701 (2004-01) N/A
....................................................... (IEC 60335-2-
40)
Symbol IEC 60417-6040 (2010-08) N/A
....................................................... (IEC 60335-2-
40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Symbol ISO 7000-1641 (2004-01) P

....................................................... (IEC 60335-2-
40)
7.7 Connection diagram fixed to appliances to be P
connected to more than two supply conductors
and appliances for multiple supply, unless
correct mode of connection is obvious N/A
7.8 Except for type Z attachment, terminals for connection to the supply mains —
indicated as follows:
- marking of terminals exclusively for the neutral See in indoor unit for terminals N/A
conductor (letter N) for connection to supply main
- marking of protective earthing terminals (symbol See in indoor unit for terminals N/A
IEC 60417-5019) for connection to supply main
- marking of functional earthing terminals (symbol N/A
IEC 60417-5018)
- marking not placed on removable parts N/A
7.9 Marking or placing of switches which may cause N/A
a hazard
7.10 Indications of switches on stationary appliances Letters and symbols used on N/A
and controls on all appliances by use of figures, control panel of indoor unit
letters or other visual means ......................
.................................................................... :
This applies also to switches which are part of a N/A
control
If figures are used, the off position indicated by N/A
the figure 0
The figure 0 indicates only OFF position, unless N/A
no confusion with the OFF position
7.11 Indication for direction of adjustment of controls P
7.12 Instructions for safe use provided P
Details concerning precautions during user P
maintenance
The instructions state that: —
- the appliance is not to be used by persons P
(including children) with reduced physical,
sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of
experience and knowledge, unless they have
been given supervision or instruction
- children being supervised not to play with the P
appliance
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

For a part of class III construction supplied from a N/A

detachable power supply unit, the instructions
state that the appliance is only to be used with
the unit provided
Instructions for class III appliances state that it N/A
must only be supplied at SELV, unless
it is a battery-operated appliance, the battery N/A
being charged outside the appliance
For appliances for altitudes exceeding 2000 m, N/A
the maximum altitude is stated ...................
.................................................................... :
The instructions for appliances incorporating a N/A
functional earth states that the appliance
incorporates an earth connection for functional
purposes only
Classification of 6.101 included, for appliances not N/A
accessible to general public (IEC 60335-2-
40)
For appliances using flammable refrigerants, an P
installation, service and operation manual, either
separate or combined manuals, shall be provided
and include the information given in Annex DD.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
The instructions for close water heaters shall state the substance of the following —
(IEC 60335-2-21):
the water may drip from the discharge pipe of the N/A
pressure-relief device and that this pipe must be
left open to the atmosphere
the pressure-relief device is to be operated N/A
regularly to remove lime deposits and to verify
that it is not blocked;
How the water heater can be drained. N/A
7.12.1 Sufficient details for installation supplied P
For an appliance intended to be permanently N/A
connected to the water mains and not connected
by a hose-set, this is stated
If different rated voltages or different rated N/A
frequencies are marked, the instructions state
what action to be taken to adjust the appliance
Sufficient details for installation or maintenance supplied (IEC 60335-2-40): —
- national wiring regulations for installation P
- the dimensions of the space necessary for P
correct installation of the appliance including the
minimum permissible distance to adjacent
structures
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

-- for appliances with supplementary heaters, the N/A

minimum clearance from the appliance to
combustible surfaces
- a wiring diagram with a clear indication of the N/A
connections and wiring to external control
devices and supply cord
-the range of external static pressures at which N/A
the appliance was tested (add-on heat pumps
and appliances with supplementary heaters only)
-the method of connection to the appliance to the P
electrical supply and interconnection of separate
components
-indication of which parts of the appliance are IPX4, Outdoor unit P
suitable for outdoor use, if applicable
-details of type and rating of fuses , or rating of P
circuit breakers
-details of supplementary heating elements that N/A
may be used in conjunction with the appliance,
including fitting instructions either with the
appliance or with the supplementary heater
-maximum and minimum water or brine operating N/A
temperatures
-maximum and minimum water or brine operating See in indoor unit N/A
pressures
-instructions on charging of refrigerants when No additional refrigerant N/A
addition of charge is required by the charge requires
manufacturer for completing the refrigerating
system
- Open storage tanks of heat pumps for water N/A
heating, accompanied by an instruction sheet
which state that the vent shall not be obstructed
The installation instructions shall state the substance of the following —
-the type or characteristics of the pressure relief Incorporated in the appliance N/A
device, how to connect it, unless it is incorporated
in the appliance
-a discharge pipe connected to the pressure relief P
device installed downwards direction and in a
frost-free environment
-the type or characteristics of a pressure reducing N/A
valve and the installation details ( for appliances
having a rated pressure less than 0,6 MPa)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The instructions for close water heaters N/A

incorporating heat exchanger shall give details on
the installation of control devices and the
temperature settings that are necessary to prevent
operation of the thermal cut-out caused by the
heat from the exchanger (IEC 60335-2-21)
The instructions for cistern-fed water heaters and N/A
low-pressure water heaters shall contain the
substance of the following (IEC 60335-2-21):
Warning : Do not connect any pressure-relief
device to the vent pipe of this water heater
7.12.2 Stationary appliances not fitted with means for See in indoor unit for N/A
disconnection from the supply mains having a connection to supply main
contact separation in all poles that provide full
disconnection under overvoltage category III, the
instructions state that means for disconnection
must be incorporated in the fixed wiring in
accordance with the wiring rules
7.12.3 Insulation of the fixed wiring in contact with parts N/A
exceeding 50 K during clause 11; instructions
state that the fixed wiring must be protected
7.12.4 Instructions for built-in appliances: —
- dimensions of space N/A
- dimensions and position of supporting and fixing N/A
- minimum distances between parts and N/A
surrounding structure
- minimum dimensions of ventilating openings N/A
and arrangement
- connection to supply mains and interconnection N/A
of separate components
- allow disconnection of the appliance after N/A
installation, by accessible plug or a switch in the
fixed wiring, unless
a switch complying with 24.3 N/A
7.12.5 Replacement cord instructions, type X N/A
attachment with a specially prepared cord
Replacement cord instructions, type Y Interconnection cord P
attachment
Replacement cord instructions, type Z attachment N/A
7.12.6 Caution in the instructions for appliances N/A
incorporating a non-self-resetting thermal cut-out
that is reset by disconnection of the supply
mains, if this cut-out is required to comply with
the standard
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

7.12.7 Instructions for fixed appliances stating how the P

appliance is to be fixed
7.12.8 Instructions for appliances connected to the water mains: —
- max. inlet water pressure (Pa) ................. Indoor unit connected to the N/A
.................................................................... : water main
- min. inlet water pressure, if necessary (Pa) N/A
.................................................................... :
Instructions concerning new and old hose-sets for N/A
appliances connected to the water mains by
detachable hose-sets
7.12.9 Instructions specified in 7.12 and from 7.12.1 to P
7.12.8 appear together before any other
instructions supplied with the appliance
These instructions may be supplied with the P
appliance separately from any functional use
booklet
They may follow the description of the appliance P
that identifies parts, or follow the
drawings/sketches
In addition, instructions are also available in an P
alternative format such as on a website or on
request from the user in a format such as a DVD
In addition, instructions are also available in an Website P
alternative format such as on a website or in a
format such as a DVD.................................
.................................................................... :
7.13 Instructions and other texts in an official language English P
7.14 Markings clearly legible and durable: —
Signal words WARNING, CAUTION, DANGER in N/A
uppercase having a height as specified .....
.................................................................... :
Uppercase letter of the text explaining the signal N/A
word not smaller than 1,6 mm ...................
.................................................................... :
Moulded in, engraved, or stamped markings N/A
either raised above or have a depth below the
surface of at least 0,25 mm, unless
contrasting colours are used P
Markings checked by inspection, measurement P
and rubbing test as specified
7.15 Markings on a main part P
Marking clearly discernible from the outside, if P
necessary after removal of a cover
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

For portable appliances, cover can be removed N/A

or opened without a tool
For stationary appliances, name, trademark or P
identification mark and model or type reference
visible after installation
For fixed appliances, name, trademark or P
identification mark and model or type reference
visible after installation according to the
instructions
Indications for switches and controls placed on or See in indoor unit for control N/A
near the components. Marking not on parts which panel
can be positioned or repositioned in such a way
that the marking is misleading
Marking on panel allowed, provided panel in See in indoor unit for control N/A
place for intended operation of appliance (IEC panel
60335-2-40)
7.16 Marking of a possible replaceable thermal link or P
fuse link clearly visible with regard to replacing
the link
7.101 Marking of fuses and overload protective devices, P
if replaceable (IEC 60335-2-40):
- fuse rated current in amperes, type and rated P
voltage
- manufacturer and model of the overload N/A
protective device
The water inlet and the water outlet shall be N/A
identified. (IEC 60335-2-21)
This identification shall not be on detachable parts. N/A
If colours are used, blue shall be used for the inlet N/A
and red for the outlet.
An alternative means of identification may be by N/A
means of arrows showing the direction of the
water flow
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

7.102 Marking for connection with aluminium wire, if N/A

necessary (IEC 60335-2-40)
7.103 For appliances made up of more than one factory N/A
made assembly specified by the manufacturer to
be used together, instructions shall be provided
for completing the assembly to ensure
compliance with the requirements (IEC 60335-2-
40)
7.104 For partial units, the instructions or markings shall include the following additional —
information. (IEC 60335-2-40)
For evaporating units and condensing units, the N/A
instructions or markings shall include wording to
assure that the maximum operating pressure is
considered when connecting to any condenser
unit or evaporator unit.
For evaporating units, condensing units and N/A
condenser units, the instructions or markings
shall include refrigerant charging instructions
A warning to assure that partial units shall only be N/A
connected to an appliance suitable for the same
refrigerant.
This unit <model xxx> is a partial unit air N/A
conditioner, complying with partial unit
requirements of this International Standard, and
must only be connected to other units that have
been confirmed as complying to corresponding
partial unit requirements of this International
Standard.
The electrical interfaces shall be specified with N/A
purpose, voltage, current, and safety class of
construction.
The SELV connection points, if provided, are to N/A
be clearly indicated in the instructions. The
connection point should be marked with the “read
the instructions” symbol per ISO 7000-0790
(2004-01) and the Class III symbol according to
IEC 60417-5180 (2003-02).
7.105 For appliances using flammable refrigerants that have safety features depending —
upon the proper function of a refrigerant detecting system, the instructions or unit
markings contain the substance of the following: (IEC 60335-2-40)
“This unit is equipped with a refrigerant leak N/A
detector for safety. To be effective, the unit must
be electrically powered at all times after
installation, other than when servicing.”
If any supplemental unit is employed to detect N/A
leaked refrigerant, such unit shall also apply this
marking or be accompanied by such instructions.
7.106 For appliances using flammable refrigerants that have safety features depending —
upon the proper function of ventilation, the instructions or unit markings shall
contain the substance of the following: (IEC 60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

“This unit is equipped with electrically powered N/A

safety measures. To be effective, the unit must
be electrically powered at all times after
installation, other than when servicing.”
If any supplemental unit is employed to dilute N/A
leaked refrigerant, such unit shall also apply this
marking or be accompanied by such instructions.
7.107 For flammable refrigerants, when addition of No additional refrigerant N/A
charge is required by the manufacturer charge requires
installation instructions for completing the
refrigerating system, the manufacturer provides a
label that allows the installer to note the resulting
total refrigerant charge for each refrigerating
system. See Figure 101 for an example of label
for field charged units (IEC 60335-2-40)
7.108 For appliances using flammable refrigerants, the flame symbol described in 7.6 —
be visible in each of the following conditions. (IEC 60335-2-40)
- on the packaging of the appliance if the P
appliance is charged with refrigerant excluding
appliances with A2L refrigerant charge not
exceeding m1;
- when viewing the appliance on display for sale. P
This does not apply to appliances using A2L
refrigerants.
For appliances that are not factory sealed single P
packaged units, the required markings shall be
provided on all indoor and outdoor units which
complete the refrigerating system.
7.109 Appliances employing UV-C germicidal lamp systems shall be marked with —
ultraviolet radiation hazard symbol IEC 60417-6040 (2010-08) and the Read
operator's manual symbol ISO 7000-0790 (2004-01) in the following locations
(IEC 60335-2-40)
- doors and access panels that provide direct N/A
access to an area within the appliance where the
measured UV-C spectral irradiance is greater
than 1,7 μW/cm2;
- user maintenance access panels N/A
- UV-C barriers N/A
7.110 For appliances that employ UV-C germicidal lamp systems, the instructions —
include the substance of the following: (IEC 60335-2-40)
- this appliance contains a UV-C lamp; N/A
- read the maintenance instructions before N/A
opening the appliance;
- details for cleaning and other user maintenance N/A
of the appliance. They shall state that prior to
cleaning or other maintenance, the appliance
must be disconnected from the supply mains;
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- precautions to be taken when replacing UV-C N/A

emitters and starters, if applicable;
- unintended use of the appliance or damage to N/A
the housing may result in the escape of
dangerous UV-C radiation. UV-C radiation may,
even in small doses, cause harm to the eyes and
skin;
- the appliance must be disconnected from the N/A
supply before replacing the UV-C lamp;
- doors and access panels bearing the ultraviolet N/A
radiation hazard symbol which may have UV-C
spectral irradiance greater than 1,7 μW/cm2 are
provided with an interlock switch to interrupt the
power to the UV-C lamps for your safety. Do not
over-ride;
- before opening doors and access panels N/A
bearing the ultraviolet radiation hazard symbol for
the conducting user maintenance, it is
recommended to disconnect the power;
- UV-C barriers bearing the ultraviolet radiation N/A
hazard symbol should not be removed;
- for appliances with UV-C lamps, information on N/A
the replacement of UV-C lamps shall be given,
including the model and/or part number;
- if field installed, the factory specified UV-C N/A
germicidal lamp systems approved for use with
the subject product shall be specified in the
instructions by the specific model number;
- do not operate UV-C lamps outside of the N/A
appliance.
7.111 For appliances employing refrigerating systems with maximum allowable —
pressures greater than 7 MPa, the instructions shall include the substance of the
following: (IEC 60335-2-40)
- WARNING: System contains refrigerant under N/A
very high pressure. The system must be serviced
by qualified persons only.
8 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCESS TO LIVE PARTS —
8.1 Adequate protection against accidental contact P
with live parts
8.1.1 Requirement applies for all positions, detachable P
parts removed
Lamps behind a detachable cover not removed, if N/A
conditions met
Insertion or removal of lamps, protection against N/A
contact with live parts of the lamp cap
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Use of test probe B of IEC 61032, with a force not P

exceeding 1 N: no contact with live parts
Use of test probe B of IEC 61032 through P
openings, with a force of 20N: no contact with live
parts
8.1.2 Use of test probe 13 of IEC 61032, with a force P
not exceeding 1 N, through openings in class 0
appliances and class II appliances/constructions:
no contact with live parts
Test probe 13 also applied through openings in P
earthed metal enclosures having a non-
conductive coating: no contact with live parts
8.1.3 For appliances other than class II, use of test N/A
probe 41 of IEC 61032, with a force not
exceeding 1 N: no contact with live parts of
visible glowing heating elements or supporting
parts
For a single switching action obtained by a N/A
switching device, requirements as specified
For appliances with a supply cord and without a N/A
switching device, the single switching action may
be obtained by the withdrawal of the plug
8.1.4 Accessible part not considered live if: —
- safety extra-low a.c. voltage: peak value not N/A
exceeding 42.4 V
- safety extra-low d.c. voltage: not exceeding N/A
42.4 V
- or separated from live parts by protective N/A
impedance
If protective impedance: d.c. current not N/A
exceeding 2 mA, and
a.c. peak value not exceeding 0.7 mA N/A
- for peak values over 42.4 V up to and including N/A
450 V, capacitance not exceeding 0,1 F
- for peak values over 450 V up to and including N/A
15 kV, discharge not exceeding 45 C
- for peak values over 15kV, the energy in the N/A
discharge not exceeding 350 mJ
8.1.5 Live parts protected at least by basic insulation before installation or assembly: —
- built-in appliances N/A
- fixed appliances P
- appliances delivered in separate units P
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

As regards the products which have a dedicated P

installation panel or cover and which cannot be
installed without them, compliance is checked
according to 5.10 (after the installation as
instructed in the installation manual).
(IEC 60335-2-40)
8.2 Class II appliances and constructions constructed P
so that there is adequate protection against
accidental contact with basic insulation and metal
parts separated from live parts by basic insulation
only
Only possible to touch parts separated from live P
parts by double or reinforced insulation
9 STARTING OF MOTOR-OPERATED APPLIANCES —
Requirements and tests are specified in part 2 N/A
when necessary
10 POWER INPUT AND CURRENT —
10.1 Power input at normal operating temperature, (see appended table) P
rated voltage and normal operation not deviating
from rated power input by more than shown in
table 1………………………………………………..:
If the power input varies throughout the operating N/A
cycle and the maximum value of the power input
exceeds, by a factor greater than two, the
arithmetic mean value of the power input
occurring during a representative period, the
power input is the maximum value that is
exceeded for more than 10 % of the
representative period
Otherwise the power input is the arithmetic mean N/A
value
Test carried out at upper and lower limits of the N/A
ranges for appliances with one or more rated
voltage ranges, unless
the rated power input is related to the arithmetic N/A
mean value
10.2 Current at normal operating temperature, rated (see appended table) P
voltage and normal operation not deviating from
rated current by more than shown in table
2………………………………………………………:
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

If the current varies throughout the operating N/A

cycle and the maximum value of the current
exceeds, by a factor greater than two, the
arithmetic mean value of the current occurring
during a representative period, the current is the
maximum value that is exceeded for more than
10 % of the representative period
Otherwise the current is the arithmetic mean N/A
value
Test carried out at upper and lower limits of the N/A
ranges for appliances with one or more rated
voltage ranges, unless
the rated current is related to the arithmetic mean N/A
value of the range
11 HEATING —
11.1 No excessive temperatures in normal use P
Compliance is checked by the tests of Annex C, if (IEC 60335-2-40): —
- temperature of motor winding exceeds values N/A
shown in Table 3 (IEC 60335-2-40)
- there is doubt about the classification of the N/A
insulation system of the motor (IEC 60335-2-40)
11.2 Placing and mounting of appliance (IEC 60335-2-40): —
- clearances to adjacent surfaces P
- flow rates for liquid source or sink equipment P
shall be the minimum specified in the instructions
except for hydronic fan coil units where the flow
rates and liquid temperatures shall be the
maximum specified in the instructions;
- static pressures N/A
- means of adjusting the flow, flow for tests be N/A

minimum obtainable
- adjustable limit controls set at the maximum cut- P
out setting and the minimum differential
For appliances with supplementary heaters, use N/A
test casing of 11.9 (IEC 60335-2-40)
11.2.1 For appliances with supplementary heaters, an N/A
inlet duct is connected to the inlet air opening
(IEC 60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Appliance that includes or has provision for N/A

supplementary heater is fitted with a metal outlet
duct in accordance with Figure 102a) or Figure
102b), depending on the direction of the airflow
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
Inlet duct is provided with an adjustable N/A
restricting means by which the airflow can be
reduced. .................................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
Restriction should be uniform across the duct's N/A
cross sectional area, so that the full heating coil
surface will be exposed to the airflow except
when the restriction is closed. .. (IEC 60335-2-40)
11.2.2 Ducted appliance without supplementary heaters N/A
is fitted with an outlet duct sized to fit the casing
flanges, or opening without flanges, or locations
marked for flanges, and arranged to discharge
away from the return air inlet (IEC 60335-2-40)
Outlet duct is provided with a restricting means to N/A
obtain the maximum static pressure given in the
instructions (IEC 60335-2-40)
11.2.3 For the evaluation and testing of partial units, the following test setup and —
conditions are to be applied. (IEC 60335-2-40)
-evaporator units and condenser units are tested N/A
as individual units at the maximum ambient
temperature stated in the instructions. If not
stated in the instructions, these units shall be
tested at an ambient temperature that is equal to
the saturated temperature of the refrigerant at the
marked maximum allowable operating pressure
(± 0,1 MPa) minus 10 K (± 1 K).
-condensing units are tested in the cooling mode N/A
only, at the maximum specified ambient
temperature with 9 K (± 1 K) sub-cooling and the
maximum specified evaporating pressure with 11
K (± 1 K) superheat. For condensing units
provided with expansion device(s), the
superheat/sub-cooling is to be as under the
normal control of the expansion device(s).
-evaporating units, intended for cooling only, are N/A
tested in the cooling mode only with a
condensing pressure that is equal to the marked
maximum allowable operating pressure (± 0,1
MPa) with 9 K (± 1 K) sub-cooling.
-evaporating units that are intended for reverse N/A
cycle operation are tested in the heating mode
only, at the maximum specified evaporating
pressure.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

11.3 Temperature rises, other than of windings, P

determined by thermocouples
Temperature rises of windings determined by P
resistance method, unless
the windings are non-uniform or it is difficult to P
make the necessary connections
Temperature rise determine by thermocouples or P
resistance method. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
Where the external accessible surfaces are N/A
suitably flat and access permits, then the test
probe of Figure 103 may be used to measure the
temperature rises of external accessible surfaces
specified in Table 101 (IEC 60335-2-
21)
11.4 Test performed at supply voltage between 0,94 P
and 1.06 times the rated voltage (IEC 60335-2-
40)
Heating appliances operated under normal N/A
operation at 1.15 times rated power input
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
11.5 Test conducted in the heating mode and in the P
cooling mode, if both exist (IEC 60335-2-
40)
All supplementary heating elements operative N/A
simultaneously (IEC 60335-2-
40)
11.6 Defrost test in the most unfavourable conditions, if N/A
needed (IEC 60335-2-
40)
11.7 The appliance is operated until steady conditions P
are established or until the thermostat interrupts
the current for the first time after 16 h, whichever
is shorter (IEC 60335-2-
21)
Appliances operated continuously until steady P
conditions except for defrost tests (IEC 60335-2-40)
11.8 Monitored temperatures not exceeding the values (see appended table) P
of Table 3 (IEC 60335-2-
40)
Protective devices do not operate (IEC 60335-2- P
40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

However, components in protective electronic N/A

circuits are allowed to operate provided they are
tested for the number of cycles of operation
specified in 24.1.4
The temperature rise limit does not apply to P
switches or controls tested in accordance with the
conditions occurring in the appliance.
Sealing compound not flowing out(IEC 60335-2- P
40)
Temperature of the air in the outlet duct not N/A
exceeding 90C (IEC 60335-2-
40)
During the test, the temperature rises are P
monitored continuously and shall not exceed the
values shown in Table 3 and Table 101.
(IEC 60335-2-21)
11.9 Test casing and installation of the rest of the N/A
appliances in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions (IEC 60335-2-
40)
Glass fibre insulation for appliances without N/A
indication of minimum clearances according to the
manufacturer; the thermocouple in contact with the
enclosure (IEC 60335-2-
40)
13 LEAKAGE CURRENT AND ELECTRIC STRENGTH AT OPERATING —
TEMPERATURE
13.1 Leakage current not excessive and electric P
strength adequate
Heating appliances operated at 1.15 times the N/A
rated power input (W)………………………………:
Motor-operated appliances and combined 230V x 1,06 = 243,8V P
appliances supplied at 1.06 times the rated
voltage (V)…………………………………………...:
Protective impedance and radio interference P
filters disconnected before carrying out the tests
13.2 The leakage current is measured by means of the P
circuit described in Figure 4 of IEC 60990:1999
For class 0I appliances and class I appliances, N/A
except parts of class II construction, C may be
replaced by a low impedance ammeter
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

For stationary class I appliances, the leakage P

current shall not exceed 2 mA per kilowatt rated
power input with a maximum value of 10 mA for
appliances accessible to the general public, and
a maximum value of 30 mA for appliances not
accessible to the general public.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Leakage current measurements…………………..: (see appended table) P
13.3 The appliance is disconnected from the supply P
Electric strength tests according to table 4………: (see appended table) P
No breakdown during the tests P
14 TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES —
Appliances withstand the transient over-voltages N/A
to which they may be subjected
Clearances having a value less than specified in (see appended table) N/A
table 16 subjected to an impulse voltage test, the
test voltage specified in table 6
..............................................................................
:
No flashover during the test, unless N/A
of functional insulation if the appliance complies N/A
with clause 19 with the clearance short-circuited
15 MOISTURE RESISTANCE —
15.1 Electrical components of appliances shall be P
protected against the ingress of water (rain,
overflow from the drain pan or defrosting, tests of
15.2, 15.3, 11.6 and Cl. 16) (IEC 60335-2-40)
After test, water inside the enclosure has not P
reduced the creepage distances and clearances
below the values of Cl. 29 (IEC 60335-2-40)
Motor-compressor not operated and detachable P
parts are removed during 15.2 and 15.3
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
15.2 Tests in accordance with IEC 60529 in IPX4, Outdoor unit P
appliances other than IPX0, as specified (IEC 60335-2-40):
The test is only applicable to cistern-type water N/A
heaters. ....................................... (IEC 60335-2-21)
15.3 Drain pan filled to brim and subjected to N/A
continuous overflow and fan(s) switched on
................................................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
15.101 Spillage test as specified for indoor floor or wall N/A
mounted units accessible to the general public (IEC 60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

After spillage completed, appliance withstand test N/A

of clause 16 .............................. (IEC 60335-2-40)
16 LEAKAGE CURRENT AND ELECTRIC STRENGTH —
16.1 Leakage current not excessive and electric P
strength adequate
Protective impedance disconnected from live P
parts before carrying out the tests
Tests carried out at room temperature and not P
connected to the supply
16.2 Single-phase appliances: test voltage 1.06 times 230V x 1,06 = 243,8V P
rated voltage (V)……………………………………:
Three-phase appliances: test voltage 1.06 times N/A
rated voltage divided by 3 (V)……………………:
Leakage current measurements…………………..: (see appended table) P
Limit values doubled if: —
- all controls have an off position in all poles, or N/A
- the appliance has no control other than a N/A
thermal cut-out, or
- all thermostats, temperature limiters and energy N/A
regulators do not have an off position, or
- the appliance has radio interference filters N/A
With the radio interference filters disconnected, (see appended table) N/A
the leakage current do not exceed limits specified
..............................................................................
:
Leakage current measurements.(IEC 60335-2-40) N/A
16.3 Electric strength tests according to table 7 (see appended table) P
..............................................................................
:
Test voltage applied between the supply cord and (see appended table) N/A
inlet bushing and cord guard and cord anchorage
as specified
..............................................................................
:
No breakdown during the tests P
17 OVERLOAD PROTECTION OF TRANSFORMERS AND ASSOCIATED —
CIRCUITS
No excessive temperatures in transformer or (see appended table) N/A
associated circuits in event of short-circuits likely
to occur in normal use
..............................................................................
:
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Appliance supplied with 1.06 or 0.94 times rated N/A

voltage under the most unfavourable short-circuit
or overload likely to occur in normal use (V)…….:
Basic insulation is not short-circuited N/A
Temperature rise of insulation of the conductors N/A
of safety extra-low voltage circuits not exceeding
the relevant value specified in table 3 by more
than 15 K
Temperature of the winding not exceeding the N/A
value specified in table 8
However, limits do not apply to fail-safe N/A
transformers complying with sub-clause 15.5 of
IEC 61558-1
18 ENDURANCE —
Requirements and tests are specified in part 2 N/A
when necessary
19 ABNORMAL OPERATION —
19.1 The risk of fire, mechanical damage or electric P
shock under abnormal or careless operation
obviated
Electronic circuits so designed and applied that a (see appended table) P
fault will not render the appliance unsafe ………..:
Failure of transfer medium flow or of any control P
device not result in a hazard
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Appliances are subjected to the tests specified in P
19.2 to 19.10, 19.101, 19.102 and 19.103, as
applicable. (IEC 60335-2-40)
Appliances incorporating electronic circuits are P
also subjected to the tests of 19.11 and 19.12, as
applicable
Appliances incorporating contactors or relays are P
subjected to the test of 19.14.
Appliances incorporating voltage selector N/A
switches are subjected to the test of 19.15.
For closed water heaters, low pressure water N/A
heaters and open-outlet water heaters:
-compliance checked by 19.2, 19.3 and 19.4 (IEC 60335-2-21)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Or N/A
- 19.101 applies for appliances not liable to be
emptied in normal use and having all following
features: (IEC 60335-2-
21)
- an outer enclosure of metal or a water container
of metal and an outer enclosure of non-metallic
material;
(see note 1)
- non-combustible thermal insulation
(see note 2)
- a capacity exceeding 30 l
- a rated power input not exceeding 6 kW
(see notes 3 and 4)
19.2 Test of appliance with heating elements with N/A
restricted heat dissipation; test voltage (V): power
input of 0.85 times rated power input
Appliance operated empty with thermal control N/A
operating in clause 11 short-circuited (see note)
(IEC 60335-2-21)
Test of appliances with supplementary heaters 1: N/A
(IEC 60335-2-40)
19.3 Test at temperature permitting continuous N/A
operation of the motor-compressor and electric
heating elements at same time (IEC 60335-2-40)
19.4 Test conditions as in clause 11, any control P
limiting the temperature during tests of clause 11
short-circuited
Test of appliance with any defect which expected P
during normal use ..................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
Open-outlet water heaters: ......... (IEC 60335-2-21) N/A
-19.2 repeated with container filled with water min.
10mm above heater
-1.15 times rated power input
19.5 Test of 19.4 repeated on Class 0I and I N/A
appliances with tubular sheathed or embedded
heating elements. No short-circuiting, but one
end of the element connected to the sheath
The test repeated with reversed polarity and the N/A
other end of the heating element connected to
the sheath
The test is not carried out on appliances intended N/A
to be permanently connected to fixed wiring and
on appliances where an all-pole disconnection
occurs during the test of 19.4
19.6 Appliances with PTC heating elements tested at N/A
rated voltage, establishing steady conditions
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The working voltage of the PTC heating element N/A

is increased by 5% and the appliance is operated
until steady conditions are re-established. The
voltage is then increased in similar steps until 1.5
times working voltage or until the PTC heating
element ruptures (V)………………………………..:
19.7 Test of appliance with motor rotors, other than P
motor-compressors and stationary circulation
pumps in compliance with IEC 60335-2-51,
operated for 15 days (360 h) or until protection
device opens circuit (IEC 60335-2-40)
Insulation of motor windings ... (IEC 60335-2-40): (See appended table) P
Temperature of enclosure does not exceed (C) (See appended table) P
................................................. (IEC 60335-2-40):
Temperature of the windings does not exceed the (See appended table) P
values shown in the table 8; temperature (C)
................................................. (IEC 60335-2-40):
Electric strength test as specified in 16.3, 72 h P
after the beginning of the test .. (IEC 60335-2-40)
At the end, leakage current between windings (See appended table) P
and enclosure does not exceed 2 mA
................................................. (IEC 60335-2-40)
Winding temperatures not exceeding values (see appended table) P
specified in table 8…………………………………:
If the motor-compressor has not been type-tested P
against the requirements of lEC 60335-2-34, a
sample is provided with the rotor locked and
being filled with oil and refrigerant as intended. (IEC 60335-2-40)
Sample is subjected to the tests specified in P
19.101, 19.102, 19.103 and 19.105 of
lEC 60335-2-34:2012, if applicable, and complies
with the requirements in 19.104 of
IEC 60335-2-34:2012. .............. (IEC 60335-2-40)
Locked rotor, capacitors open-circuited one at a N/A
time
Test repeated with capacitors short-circuited one N/A
at a time, unless
the capacitor is of class S2 or S3 of IEC 60252-1 N/A
Appliances with timer or programmer supplied N/A
with rated voltage for each of the tests, for a
period equal to the maximum period allowed……:
An electronic timer or programmer that operates N/A
to ensure compliance with the test before the
maximum period under the conditions of Clause
11 is reached, is a protective electronic circuit
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Other appliances supplied with rated voltage for a N/A

period as specified………………………………….:
19.8 Three phase motors other than motor N/A
compressors are operated under the conditions
of Clause 11 at rated voltage or at the upper limit
of the rated voltage range with one phase
disconnected, until steady conditions are
obtained or the protective device operates.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
19.9 Running overload test on appliances N/A
incorporating motors intended to be remotely or
automatically controlled or liable to be operated
continuously
Motor-operated and combined appliances for N/A
which 30.2.3 is applicable and that use overload
protective devices relying on electronic circuits to
protect the motor windings, are also subjected to
the test
Winding temperatures not exceeding values as N/A
specified……………………………………………..:
19.10 Series motor operated at 1.3 times rated voltage N/A
for 1 min (V)…………………………………………:
During the test, parts not being ejected from the N/A
appliance
19.11 Electronic circuits, compliance checked by P
evaluation of the fault conditions specified in
19.11.2 for all circuits or parts of circuits, unless
they comply with the conditions specified in P
19.11.1
Appliances incorporating an electronic circuit that P
relies upon a programmable component to
function correctly, subjected to the test of
19.11.4.8, unless
restarting does not result in a hazard P
Appliances having a device with an off position N/A
obtained by electronic disconnection, or a device
placing the appliance in a stand-by mode,
subjected to the tests of 19.11.4
If the safety of the appliance under any of the P
fault conditions depends on the operation of a
miniature fuse-link complying with IEC 60127, the
test of 19.12 is carried out
During and after each test the following is checked: —
- the temperature of the windings do not exceed P
the values specified in table 8
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- the appliance complies with the conditions P

specified in 19.13
- any current flowing through protective N/A
impedance not exceeding the limits specified in
8.1.4
If a conductor of a printed board becomes open-circuited, the appliance is —
considered to have withstood the particular test, provided both of the following
conditions are met:
- the base material of the printed circuit board N/A
withstands the test of Annex E
- any loosened conductor does not reduce N/A
clearance or creepage distances between live
parts and accessible metal parts below the
values specified in clause 29
19.11.1 Fault conditions a) to g) in 19.11.2 are not applied to circuits or parts of circuits —
meeting both of the following conditions:
- the electronic circuit is a low-power circuit, that P
is, the maximum power at low-power points does
not exceed 15 W according to the tests specified
- the protection against electric shock, fire P
hazard, mechanical hazard or dangerous
malfunction of other parts of the appliance does
not rely on the correct functioning of the
electronic circuit
19.11.2 Fault conditions applied one at a time, the appliance operating under conditions —
specified in clause 11, but supplied at rated voltage, duration of the tests as
specified:
a) short circuit of functional insulation if N/A
clearances or creepage distances are less than
the values specified in clause 29
b) open circuit at the terminals of any component P
c) short circuit of capacitors, unless P
they comply with IEC 60384-14 P
d) short circuit of any two terminals of an P
electronic component, other than integrated
circuits
This fault condition is not applied between the P
two circuits of an optocoupler
e) failure of triacs in the diode mode N/A
f) failure of microprocessors and integrated P
circuits
g) failure of an electronic power switching device P
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Each low power circuit is short-circuited by P

connecting the low-power point to the pole of the
supply source from which the measurements
were made
19.11.3 If the appliance incorporates a protective N/A
electronic circuit that operates to ensure
compliance with clause 19, the appliance is
tested as specified
19.11.4 The first paragraph of Part 1 in not applicable for P
stand-by mode if unintentional operation does not
cause any hazards (IEC 60335-2-40)
Appliances having a device with an off position N/A
obtained by electronic disconnection, or
a device that can be placed in the stand-by N/A
mode,
subjected to the tests of 19.11.4.1 to 19.11.4.7, N/A
the device being set in the off position or in the
stand-by mode
Tests are carried out after the protective N/A
electronic circuit has operated during the relevant
tests of Clause 19 except 19.2, 19.6, 19.11.3,
19.102 and 19.103. (IEC 60335-2-40)
If the appliance incorporates more than one N/A
protective electronic circuit, each protective
electronic circuit has to be tested individually with
the appliance operated under normal operation at
any temperature within the working range.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Components protected by a protective electronic N/A
circuit that have been previously tested and
shown to comply with the requirements of 19.11.4
of its standard need not to be retested in the final
application, if engineering judgement gives
evidence that the test in the final application will
not lead to a hazardous condition.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Surge protective devices disconnected, unless N/A
They incorporate spark gaps N/A
For these tests, it may be necessary to provide N/A
specially prepared component samples, e.g.
compressors with locked rotor (IEC 60335-2-40)
19.11.4.1 The appliance is subjected to electrostatic N/A
discharges in accordance with IEC 61000-4-2,
test level 4
19.11.4.2 The appliance is subjected to radiated fields in N/A
accordance with IEC 61000-4-3, at frequency
ranges specified
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

19.11.4.3 The appliance is subjected to fast transient bursts N/A

in accordance with IEC 61000-4-4, test level 3 or
4 as specified
19.11.4.4 The power supply terminals of the appliance N/A
subjected to voltage surges in accordance with
IEC 61000-4-5, test level 3 or 4 as specified
An open circuit test voltage of 2 kV is applicable N/A
for the line-to-line coupling mode
An open circuit test voltage of 4 kV is applicable N/A
for the line-to-earth coupling
Earthed heating elements in class I appliances N/A
disconnected
19.11.4.5 The appliance is subjected to injected currents in N/A
accordance with IEC 61000-4-6, test level 3
19.11.4.6 Appliances having a rated current not exceeding N/A
16 A are subjected to the Class 3 voltage dips
and interruptions in accordance with IEC 61000-
4-11
Appliances having a rated current exceeding 16 N/A
A are subjected to the Class 3 voltage dips and
interruptions in accordance with IEC 61000-4-34
19.11.4.7 The appliance is subjected to mains signals in N/A
accordance with IEC 61000-4-13, test level class
2
19.11.4.8 The appliance is supplied at rated voltage and N/A
operated under normal operation, at any
temperature within the working range. After 60s
the power supply is reduced to a level such that
the appliance ceases to respond or parts
controlled by the programmable component
cease to operate (IEC 60335-2-40)
The appliance continues to operate normally, or N/A
requires a manual operation to restart N/A
19.12 If the safety of the appliance for any of the fault Measure: ≥ 10A; Rated P
conditions specified in 19.11.2 depends on the current of fuse 3,15A
operation of a miniature fuse-link complying with
IEC 60127, the test is repeated, measuring the
current flowing through the fuse-link; measured
current (A); rated current of the fuse-link (A)…….:
19.13 During the tests the appliance does not emit P
flames, molten metal, poisonous or ignitable gas
in hazardous amounts
Temperature rises not exceeding the values (see appended table) P
shown in table 9…………………………………….:
Compliance with clause 8 not impaired P
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

If the appliance can still be operated it complies P

with 20.2
Insulation, other than of class III appliances or class III constructions that do not —
contain live parts, withstands the electric strength test of 16.3, the test voltage as
specified in table 4:
- basic insulation (V)………………………………..: 1000V P
- supplementary insulation (V)…………………….: 1750V P
- reinforced insulation (V)………………………….: 3000V P
After operation or interruption of a control, P
clearances and creepage distances across the
functional insulation withstand the electric
strength test of 16.3, the test voltage being twice
the working voltage
The appliance does not undergo a dangerous P
malfunction, and
no failure of protective electronic circuits, if the P
appliance is still operable
Appliances tested with an electronic switch in the off position, or in the stand-by —
mode:
- do not become operational, or P
- if they become operational, do not result in a N/A
dangerous malfunction during or after the tests of
19.11.4
If the appliance contains lids or doors that are controlled by one or more —
interlocks, one of the interlocks may be released provided that:
- the lid or door does not move automatically to N/A
an open position when the interlock is released,
and
- the appliance does not start after the cycle in N/A
which the interlock was released
19.14 Appliances operated under the conditions of P
clause 11, any contactor or relay contact
operating under the conditions of clause 11 being
short-circuited
For a relay or contactor with more than one P
contact, all contacts are short-circuited at the
same time
A relay or contactor operating only to ensure the P
appliance is energized for normal use is not
short-circuited
If more than one relay or contactor operates in P
clause 11, they are short-circuited in turn
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Locking in the "on" position of the main contacts N/A

of a contact intended for switching on and off the
heating element(s) in normal use is considered to
be a fault condition, unless the appliance is
provided with at least two sets of contacts
connected in series. This condition is, for
example, achieved by providing two contactors
operating independently of each other or by
providing one contactor having two independent
armatures operating two independent sets of
main contacts (IEC 60335-2-
40)
19.15 For appliances with a mains voltage selector N/A
switch, the switch is set to the lowest rated
voltage position and the highest value of rated
voltage is applied
19.101 Appliance tested for 24h as specified in clause 11 N/A
but with empty container (IEC 60335-2-21)
The appliance is operated under the conditions in P
Clause 11 at rated voltage or at the upper limit of
the rated voltage range, at an ambient
temperature of 23 °C ± 5 °C. When steady
conditions are attained, the heat transfer medium
flow of the outdoor heat exchanger is restricted or
shut off, whichever is the most unfavourable
without the appliance being non-operative. (IEC
60335-2-40)
After this test, protective devices that may have P
operated are reset, and the test is repeated, with
the heat transfer medium flow, fluid or air, of the
indoor heat exchanger, restricted or shut off,
whichever is the most unfavourable without the
appliance being non-operative. In the case of
appliances with defrosting systems, the heat
transfer medium flow rate is additionally shut off
at the beginning of the defrosting phase
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
Appliances incorporating a motor common to N/A
both the indoor and outdoor heat exchangers are
subjected to the above test, the motor being
disconnected once steady conditions are
attained. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
19.102 The indoor heat exchanger of appliances using N/A
water as a heat transfer medium is subjected to
the described test. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

19.103 Test of air to air appliances at rated voltage or at N/A

the upper limit of the rated voltage range.
Dry-bulb temperature is 5 K below values
specified by manufacturer
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Test with the dry-bulb temperature 10 K over the N/A
values specified by manufacturer
(IEC 60335-2-40
)
19.104 All appliances provided with supplementary N/A
heaters and with free air discharge are subjected
to the specified test in each mode of operation. .... (IEC 60335-2-40)
During the test the temperature shall not exceed N/A
150 °C but an overshoot of 25 °C is permitted
during the first hour. .....................(IEC 60335-2-40)
20 STABILITY AND MECHANICAL HAZARDS —
20.1 Appliances having adequate stability Fixed appliance N/A
Tilting test through an angle of 10, appliance N/A
placed on an inclined plane/horizontal support,
not connected to the supply mains; appliance
does not overturn
Tilting test repeated on appliances with heating N/A
elements, angle of inclination increased to 15
Possible heating test in overturned position; N/A
temperature rise does not exceed values shown
in table 9
20.2 Moving parts adequately arranged or enclosed as P
to provide protection against personal injury
Protective enclosures, guards and similar parts P
are non-detachable, and
have adequate mechanical strength P
Enclosures that can be opened by overriding an N/A
interlock are considered to be detachable parts
Self-resetting thermal cut-outs and overcurrent P
protective devices not causing a hazard by
unexpected closure
Not possible to touch dangerous moving parts P
with the test probe described
21 MECHANICAL STRENGTH —
21.1 Appliance has adequate mechanical strength and P
is constructed as to withstand rough handling
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Checked by applying 3 blows to every point of the (see appended table) P

enclosure like to be weak, in accordance with test
Ehb of IEC 60068-2-75, spring hammer test, with
an impact energy of 0,5 J
The appliance shows no damage impairing P
compliance with this standard, and
compliance with 8.1, 15.1 and clause 29 not P
impaired
If doubt, supplementary or reinforced insulation N/A
subjected to the electric strength test of 16.3
If necessary, repetition of groups of three blows N/A
on a new sample
Safety requirements of ISO 5149-2 applied (IEC P
60335-2-40)
Safety requirements specified in Annex EE P
applied. The pressure test in Annex EE applies to
parts other than pressure vessels.
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
21.2 Accessible parts of solid insulation having P
strength to prevent penetration by sharp
implements
Test not applicable if the thickness of P
supplementary insulation is at least 1 mm and
reinforced insulation at least 2 mm
The insulation is tested as specified, and does N/A
withstand the electric strength test of 16.3
Appliances using flammable refrigerants shall P
withstand the effects of vibration during transport.
Appliance is tested in its final packaging for
transport and shall withstand a random vibration
test according to ASTM D4728-06
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
22 CONSTRUCTION —
22.1 Appliance marked with the first numeral of the IP IPX4, Outdoor unit N/A
system, relevant requirements of IEC 60529 are
fulfilled
22.2 Stationary appliance: means to ensure all-pole disconnection from the supply
being provided:
- a supply cord fitted with a plug, or N/A
- a switch complying with 24.3, or N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- a statement in the instruction sheet that a Connection to supply main N/A

disconnection incorporated in the fixed wiring is provided by indoor unit which
to be provided, or not cover in test report
- an appliance inlet N/A
Singe-pole switches and single-pole protective N/A
devices for the disconnection of heating elements
in single-phase, permanently connected class 01
and class I appliances, connected to the phase
conductor
22.3 Appliance provided with pins: no undue strain on N/A
socket-outlets
Applied torque not exceeding 0.25 Nm N/A
Pull force of 50N to each pin after the appliance N/A
has being placed in the heating cabinet; when
cooled to room temperature the pins are not
displaced by more than 1mm
Each pin subjected to a torque of 0.4Nm; the pins N/A
are not rotating, unless
rotating does not impair compliance with this N/A
standard
22.4 Appliance for heating liquids and appliance P
causing undue vibration not provided with pins for
insertion into socket-outlets
22.5 No risk of electric shock when touching pins, for N/A
appliances having a capacitor with rated
capacitance equal to or greater than 0,1F, the
appliance being disconnected from the supply at
the instant of voltage peak
Voltage not exceeding 34 V (V)…………………...: N/A
If compliance relies on the operation of an N/A
electronic circuit, the electromagnetic phenomena
tests of 19.11.4.3 and 19.11.4.4 are applied
The discharge test is then repeated three times, N/A
voltage not exceeding 34 V (V)……………………:
22.6 Electrical insulation not affected by condensing P
water or leaking liquid
Electrical insulation of Class II appliances not N/A
affected if a hose ruptures or seal leaks
In case of doubt, test as described N/A
Drain hole correct positioned to prevent water from P
impairing electrical insulation (IEC 60335-2-
21)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Dimension of drain hole: min. =5mm or 20 mm2 P

with width min. 3mm (IEC 60335-2-
21)
Electrical insulation not affected by snow P
penetration to the appliance enclosure
(IEC 60335-2-40)
22.7 Adequate safeguards against the risk of N/A
excessive pressure in appliances containing
liquid or gases or having steam-producing
devices
22.8 Electrical connections not subject to pulling N/A
during cleaning of compartments to which access
can be gained without the aid of a tool, and that
are likely to be cleaned in normal use
22.9 Insulation, internal wiring, windings, commutators P
and slip rings not exposed to oil, grease or similar
substances, unless
the substance has adequate insulating properties N/A
22.10 Not possible to reset voltage-maintained non-self- N/A
resetting thermal cut-outs by the operation of an
automatic switching device incorporated within
the appliance, if:
- a non-self-resetting thermal cut-out is required N/A
by the standard, and
- a voltage maintained non-self-resetting thermal N/A
cut-out is used to meet it
Non-self-resetting thermal motor protectors have N/A
a trip-free action, unless
they are voltage maintained N/A
Reset buttons of non-self-resetting controls so N/A
located or protected that accidental resetting is
unlikely
22.11 Reliable fixing of non-detachable parts that P
provide the necessary degree of protection
against electric shock, moisture or contact with
moving parts
Obvious locked position of snap-in devices used N/A
for fixing such parts
No deterioration of the fixing properties of snap-in N/A
devices used in parts that are likely to be
removed during installation or servicing
Tests as described P
22.12 Handles, knobs etc. fixed in a reliable manner, if N/A
loosening result in a hazard
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Removing or fixing in wrong position of handles, N/A

knobs etc. indicating position of switches or
similar components not possible, if resulting in a
hazard
A choking hazard does not apply to appliances N/A
for commercial use
Axial force 15 N applied to parts, the shape being N/A
so that an axial pull is unlikely to be applied
Axial force 30 N applied to parts, the shape being N/A
so that an axial pull is likely to be applied
If the part is removed and can be contained N/A
within the small parts cylinder, it is considered to
be a choking hazard
22.13 Unlikely that handles, when gripped as in normal N/A
use, make the operator’s hand touch parts having
a temperature rise exceeding the value specified
for handles which are held for short periods only
22.14 No ragged or sharp edges creating a hazard for P
the user in normal use, or during user
maintenance
No exposed pointed ends of self-tapping screws P
or other fasteners, likely to be touched by the
user in normal use or during user maintenance
This requirement does not apply to the metallic P
fins of heat exchangers. (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.15 Storage hooks and the like for flexible cords N/A
smooth and well rounded
22.16 Automatic cord reels cause no undue abrasion or N/A
damage to the sheath of the flexible cord, no
breakage of conductors strands and no undue
wear of contacts
Cord reel tested with 6000 operations, as N/A
specified
Electric strength test of 16.3, voltage of 1000 V N/A
applied
22.17 Spacers not removable from the outside by hand N/A
or by means of a screwdriver or a spanner
22.18 Current-carrying parts and other metal parts P
resistant to corrosion
22.19 Driving belts not relied upon to provide the N/A
required level of insulation, unless
constructed to prevent inappropriate replacement N/A
22.20 Direct contact between live parts and thermal N/A
insulation effectively prevented, unless
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

material used is non-corrosive, non-hygroscopic N/A

and non-combustible
Thermal insulation not used for basic insulation of N/A
internal wiring (IEC 60335-2-21)
22.21 Wood, cotton, silk, ordinary paper and fibrous or P
hygroscopic material not used as insulation,
unless
impregnated N/A
This requirement does not apply to magnesium P
oxide and mineral ceramic fibres used for the
electrical insulation of heating elements
22.22 Appliances not containing asbestos P
22.23 Oils containing polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) P
not used
22.24 Bare heating elements, except in class III N/A
appliances or class III constructions that do not
contain live parts, adequately supported
In case of rupture, the heating conductor is N/A
unlikely to come in contact with accessible metal
parts
Bare heating elements shall be supported so that, N/A
in case of rupture or sagging, the heating
conductor cannot come into contact with
accessible metal parts nor give rise to a hazard.
(wood or composite enclosures not allowed)
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
Bare heating elements not used with wood or N/A
wood composite enclosures.
(IEC 60335-2-40
)
22.25 Sagging heating conductors, except in class III N/A
appliances or class III constructions that do not
contain live parts, cannot come into contact with
accessible metal parts
22.26 For class III constructions the insulation between N/A
parts operating at safety extra-low voltage and
other live parts complies with the requirements
for double or reinforced insulation
22.27 Parts connected by protective impedance N/A
separated by double or reinforced insulation
22.28 Metal parts of Class II appliances conductively N/A
connected to gas pipes or in contact with water,
separated from live parts by double or reinforced
insulation
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

22.29 Class II appliances permanently connected to N/A

fixed wiring so constructed that the required
degree of access to live parts is maintained after
installation
22.30 Parts serving as supplementary or reinforced P
insulation fixed so that they cannot be removed
without being seriously damaged, or
so constructed that they cannot be replaced in an P
incorrect position, and so that if they are omitted,
the appliance is rendered inoperable or
manifestly incomplete
22.31 Neither clearances nor creepage distances over P
supplementary and reinforced insulation reduced
below values specified in clause 29 as a result of
wear
Neither clearances nor creepage distances P
between live parts and accessible parts reduced
below values for supplementary insulation if
wires, screws etc. become loose
22.32 Supplementary and reinforced insulation P
constructed or protected against pollution so that
clearances or creepage distances are not
reduced below the values in clause 29
Supplementary insulation of natural or synthetic N/A
rubber resistant to ageing, or arranged and
dimensioned so that creepage distances are not
reduced below values specified in 29.2
Ceramic material not tightly sintered, similar N/A
materials or beads alone not used as
supplementary or reinforced insulation
Ceramic and similar porous material in which N/A
heating conductors are embedded is considered
to be basic insulation, not reinforced insulation
Oxygen bomb test at 70 C for 96 h and 16 h at N/A
room temperature
22.33 Conductive liquids that are or may become P
accessible in normal use and conductive liquids
that are in contact with unearthed accessible
metal parts are not in direct contact with live
parts, or
unearthed metal parts separated from live parts N/A
by basic insulation only
Electrodes not used for heating liquids N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

For class II constructions, conductive liquids that P

are or may become accessible in normal use and
conductive liquids that are in contact with
unearthed accessible metal parts, not in direct
contact with basic or reinforced insulation, unless
the reinforced insulation consists of at least 3 N/A
layers
For class II constructions, conductive liquids P
which are in contact with live parts, not in direct
contact with reinforced insulation, unless
the reinforced insulation consists of at least 3 N/A
layers
An air layer not used as basic or supplementary P
insulation in a double insulation system if likely to
be bridged by leaking liquid
22.34 Shafts of operating knobs, handles, levers etc. N/A
not live, unless
the shaft is not accessible when the part is N/A
removed
22.35 For other than class III constructions, handles, N/A
levers and knobs, held or actuated in normal use,
not becoming live in the event of a failure of basic
insulation
Such parts being of metal, and their shafts or N/A
fixings are likely to become live in the event of a
failure of basic insulation, are either adequately
covered by insulation material or their accessible
parts are separated from their shafts or fixings by
supplementary insulation
For stationary appliances and cordless N/A
appliances this requirement does not apply to
handles, levers and knobs on stationary
appliances, other than those of electrical
components, provided they are reliably
connected to an earthing terminal or earthing
contact, or separated from live parts by earthed
metal
Insulating material covering metal handles, levers N/A
and knobs withstand the electric strength test of
16.3 for supplementary insulation
22.36 For appliances other than class III, handles N/A
continuously held in the hand in normal use so
constructed that when gripped as in normal use,
the operators hand is not likely to touch metal
parts, unless
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

they are separated from live parts by double or N/A

reinforced insulation
22.37 Capacitors in Class II appliances not connected N/A
to accessible metal parts and their casings, if of
metal, separated from accessible metal parts by
supplementary insulation, unless
the capacitors comply with 22.42 N/A
22.38 Capacitors not connected between the contacts P
of a thermal cut-out
22.39 Lamp holders used only for the connection of N/A
lamps
22.40 Motor-operated appliances and combined N/A
appliances intended to be moved while in
operation, or having accessible moving parts,
fitted with a switch to control the motor. The
actuating member of the switch being easily
visible and accessible
If the appliance cannot operate continuously, N/A
automatically or remotely without giving rise to a
hazard, appliances for remote operation being
fitted with a switch for stopping the operation. The
actuating member of the switch being easily
visible and accessible
22.41 No components, other than lamps, containing P
mercury
22.42 Protective impedance consisting of at least two N/A
separate components
Values specified in 8.1.4 not exceeded if any one N/A
of the components are short-circuited or open-
circuited
Resistors checked by the test of 14.1 a) in IEC N/A
60065
Capacitors checked by the tests for class Y N/A
capacitors in IEC 60384-14
22.43 Appliances adjustable for different voltages, N/A
accidental changing of the setting of the voltage
unlikely to occur
22.44 Appliances not having an enclosure that is P
shaped or decorated like a toy
22.45 When air is used as reinforced insulation, P
clearances not reduced below the values
specified in 29.1.3 due to deformation as a result
of an external force applied to the enclosure
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

22.46 For programmable protective electronic circuits N/A

used to ensure compliance with the standard, the
software contains measures to control the
fault/error conditions in table R.1
If the protective electronic circuit software is a N/A
part of the normal operation control, inspection of
software shall be limited to relevant source code
of safety controls or related software controls.
Alternative methods may be used if they
demonstrate equivalent levels of safety.
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
Software that contains measures to control the N/A
fault/error conditions specified in table R.2 is to
be specified in parts 2 for particular constructions
or to address specific hazards
These requirements are not applicable to N/A
software used for functional purpose or
compliance with clause 11
22.47 Appliances shall withstand the water pressure occurring in normal use. —
(IEC 60335-2-21)
-twice the rated pressure, for closed water N/A
heaters. If the water heater is supplied through a
pressure reducing valve, the container is
subjected to twice the working pressure instead;
-1,5 times rated pressure, for cistern-fed water N/A
heaters and low-pressure water heaters;
- 0,15 MPa, for open-outlet water heaters N/A
- 0,03 Mpa, for cistern-type water heaters. N/A
Water shall not leak from the appliance and there N/A
shall be no permanent deformation to such an
extent that compliance with this standard is
impaired.
22.48 Appliances connected to the water mains N/A
constructed to prevent backsiphonage of non-
potable water
22.49 For remote operation, the duration of operation is No remote operation, only N/A
to be set before the appliance can be started, control panel on indoor unit
unless
the appliance switches off automatically or can N/A
operate continuously without hazard
22.50 Controls incorporated in the appliance take No remote operation, only N/A
priority over controls actuated by remote control panel on indoor unit
operation
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

22.51 There is a control on the appliance manually No remote operation, only N/A
adjusted to the setting for remote operation control panel on indoor unit
before the appliance can be operated in this
mode
There is a visual indication showing that the N/A
appliance is adjusted for remote operation
These requirements not necessary on appliances that can operate as follows, —
without giving rise to a hazard:
- continuously, or N/A
- automatically, or N/A
- remotely N/A
22.52 Socket-outlets on appliances accessible to the N/A
user in accordance with the socket-outlet system
used in the country in which the appliance is sold
22.53 Class II appliances and class III appliances that N/A
incorporate functionally earthed parts have at
least double insulation or reinforced insulation
between live parts and the functionally earthed
parts
22.54 Button cells and batteries designated R1 not N/A
accessible without the aid of a tool, unless
the cover of their compartment can only be N/A
opened after at least two independent
movements have been applied simultaneously
22.55 Devices operated to stop the intended function of Devices operated to stop the N/A
the appliance, if any, are be distinguished from intended function of the
other manual devices by means of shape, size, appliance provided by control
surface texture or position ………………………: panel of indoor unit which not
cover in test report
The requirement concerning position does not N/A
preclude use of a push on push off switch
An indication when the device has been operated is given by:
– tactile feedback from the actuator or from the P
appliance, or
– reduction in heat output; or N/A
– audible and visible feedback P
22.56 Detachable power supply part provided with the N/A
part of class III construction
22.57 The properties of non-metallic materials do not N/A
degrade from exposure to UV-C radiation, as
specified in Annex T
This requirement does not apply to glass, N/A
ceramics or similar materials
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

22.101 The rated pressure of (IEC 60335-2-21) —

- closed water heaters intended for direct N/A
connection to the water main shall be at least 0.6
Mpa
- closed water heaters and low pressure water N/A
heaters to be supplied by a pressure reducing
valve which is not incorporated in the appliance
shall be at least 0.1 Mpa
Cistern-fed water heaters: N/A
-rated pressure max. 0.2 Mpa
Appliances intended to be fixed, securely fixed P
(IEC 60335-2-40)
22.102 Appliances provided with supplementary heaters (IEC 60335-2-40) —
22.102.1 Appliances provided with supplementary heaters N/A
for air shall be provided with at least two thermal
cut-outs. (IEC 60335-2-40)
thermal cut-out intended to operate first shall be N/A
either a self-resetting thermal cut-out or a non-
self-resetting thermal cut-out (IEC 60335-2-40)
other thermal cut-out shall be a non-self-resetting N/A
thermal cut-out. (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.102.2 Appliances provided with supplementary heaters N/A
for water incorporate a non-self-resetting thermal
cut-out, providing all-pole disconnection that
operates separately from water thermostats.
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
However, for appliances intended to be N/A
connected to fixed wiring, the neutral conductor
need not be disconnected. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
22.102.3 Thermal cut-outs of the capillary type open in the N/A
event of leakage of the capillary tube
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

22.102 Closed water heaters shall be constructed so that N/A

repeated drawing off does not cause the water to
boil. (IEC 60335-2-
21)
Temperature of the water, measured by means of N/A
a thermocouple at the outlet, shall not exceed
98 °C
22.103 Closed water heaters: pressure relief devise N/A
prevent pressure from exceeding rated pressure
by more than 0.1 MPa (IEC 60335-2-
21)
Sensing and switching elements of N/A
electromechanical non-self-resetting cut-outs be
functionally independent of other control devices.(IEC 60335-2-40)
If the switching element of a non self-resetting N/A
cut-out is operating a relay or contactor, the relay
or contactor may also be operated by other
control devices. Protective electronic circuits are
covered by Clause 19. ............... (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.104 Outlet of open-outlet water heaters shall be N/A
constructed so that the water flow is not limited to
such an extent that the container is subjected to a
significant pressure. (IEC 60335-2-21)
The vent pipe of low pressure water heaters shall N/A
have an internal diameter of at least 20mm (IEC 60335-2-21)
Containers of sanitary hot water heat pumps N/A
withstand twice permissible operating pressure in
closed containers or .................. (IEC 60335-2-40)
0,15 MPa in open containers ..... (IEC 60335-2-40) N/A
without leakage or rupture ......... (IEC 60335-2-40) N/A
22.105 Cistern-type water heaters shall be constructed N/A
so that the container is always at atmospheric
pressure by means of a vent having an area of at
least 30 mm2 and a minimum dimension of at
least 3 mm (IEC 60335-2-
21)
Air or vapour cushion in closed containers not N/A
exceeding the 10% (IEC 60335-2-
40)
22.106 Closed water heaters: thermal cut-out providing N/A
all-pole disconnection, independent from the
thermostat (IEC 60335-2-
21)
Pressure relief devices operating at 0,1MPa over N/A
the permissible pressure (IEC 60335-2-
40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

22.107 Heating elements and thermal control sensors in N/A

contact with the outer surface of the container
shall be held in position securely.(IEC 60335-2-
21)
Water outlet systems of open containers free from N/A
obstruction causing over-pressure.
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
Vented containers of sanitary hot water heat N/A
pumps always open to the atmosphere through
appropriate aperture (IEC 60335-2-
40)
22.108 Storage tanks of sanitary hot water heat pumps N/A
shall be resistant to vacuum pressure impulses
which may occur in normal use.(IEC 60335-2-40)
Appliances for wall mounting shall have reliable N/A
provision for fixing to a wall, independent of the
connection to the water mains.(IEC 60335-2-21)
22.109 Replacement of non-self-resetting thermal N/A
cut-outs does not damage other connections (IEC 60335-2-40)
Appliances having a capacity of more than 15 l N/A
that cannot be emptied through a drain fitted in
the water pipes shall incorporate means for
draining that requires a tool for its operation
(IEC 60335-2-
21)
22.110 Non-self-resetting thermal cut-outs operate P
without short-circuiting live parts of different
potential and without causing contact between
live parts and enclosure
(IEC 60335-2-40
)
Test repeated five times without blowing 3 A fuse P
which connects appliance to earth .......................
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Electric strength test as specified in clause 16.3 N/A
for supplementary heating elements (IEC 60335-2-40)
Open-outlet water heaters with plastic enclosure N/A
instructions ensure correct installation (see NOTE)
(IEC 60335-2-
21)
22.111 Manual resetting of thermostats not necessary N/A
after power supply interruption
(IEC 60335-2-40
)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Closed water heaters with heat exchanger shall N/A

be constructed so that during normal use the
thermal cut-out does not operate due to heat from
the exchanger. (IEC 60335-2-21)
22.112 The construction of the refrigerating system P
complies with the requirements of Section 3 of
ISO 5149. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
22.113 When a flammable refrigerant is used, refrigerant P
tubing is protected or enclosed to avoid
mechanical damage. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
The tubing is protected to the extent that it will not P
be handled or used for carrying during moving of
the product (IEC 60335-2-
40)
Tubing located within the confines of the cabinet P
is considered to be protected from mechanical
damage. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
22.114 When a flammable refrigerant is used, low P
temperature solder alloys, such as
lead/tin alloys, are not acceptable for pipe
connections.. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
22.115 The refrigerant charge (mc) of all refrigerating P
systems within the appliance employing A2 and
A3 refrigerants shall not exceed m3 as defined in
Annex GG. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
The refrigerant charge (mc) in each refrigerating N/A
system employing A2L refrigerant shall not
exceed m3 as defined in Annex GG.
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
The construction of the refrigerating system using P
flammable refrigerants shall comply with the
requirements in Annex GG. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
22.116 Appliances using flammable refrigerants P
constructed so that any leaked refrigerant will not
flow or stagnate so as to cause a fire or explosion
hazard in areas within the appliance and
connected ducts where electrical components,
which could be a source of ignition and which
could function under normal conditions or in the
event of a leak, are fitted. (IEC 60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Separate components, such as thermostats, N/A

which are charged with less than 0,5 g of a
flammable gas are not considered to cause a fire
or explosion hazard in the event of leakage of the
gas within the component itself.(IEC 60335-2-40)
Refrigerant pipes containing A2L refrigerant which connect refrigerating system —
components not be considered a source of leaked refrigerant for the purpose of
evaluating potential for fire or explosion hazard relative to potential ignition
sources within the appliance if the piping within the area of the appliance to be
evaluated complies with all of the following (IEC 60335-2-40)
- no connecting joints; N/A
- no bends with centreline bend radius less than N/A
2,5 times the external pipe diameter;
- protected from potential damage during normal N/A
operation, service or maintenance.
All electrical components that could be a source of ignition and which could —
function under normal conditions or in the event of a leak, complies with at least
one of the following: (IEC 60335-2-40)
- be located in an enclosure which complies with N/A
Clause 20 of IEC 60079-15:2010 for restricted
breathing enclosures suitable for use with group
IIA gases or the refrigerant used.
- not be located in an area where a potentially N/A
flammable gas mixture will accumulate as
demonstrated by the test of Annex FF. Electrical
components not located in an area where a
potentially flammable gas mixture will
accumulate as demonstrated by the test of
Annex FF are not considered an ignition source.
- for A2L refrigerants, located in an enclosure N/A
which is in compliance with Annex NN.
Components and apparatus complying with Complied to Clause 22.5 IEC P
Clause 8 to 19 of IEC 60079-15:2010, for group 60079-15:2010 as requires by
IIA gases or the refrigerant used or an applicable the requirement
standard that makes electrical components
suitable for use in Zone 2, 1 or 0 as defined IEC
60079-14 are not considered as a source of
ignition. ....................................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
For A2L refrigerants, electrical components in N/A
compliance with Annex JJ are not considered a
potential ignition source. ............. (IEC 60335-2-40)
For A2L refrigerants, switching devices in compliance with all of the following are —
not considered a potential ignition source: (IEC 60335-2-40)
- the device is capable of 100 000 cycles per N/A
Clause 24;
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- the switched electrical load (Le) in kVA is less N/A

than or equal to:
Le = 5 x (6,7/Su)4 when breaking all phases; N/A
Le = 2,5 x (6,7/Su)4 when breaking two legs of Le = _____ (kvA) N/A
a three phase load, or when breaking one or
two legs of a single phase load
The burning velocity (Su) for the purpose of N/A
determining the maximum quenching diameter
(dq) in Annex JJ and the maximum allowable
electrical load Le according to the above shall
take into consideration the effect of humidity on
burn velocity (Su). .................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
The burning velocity (Su) be the highest value of (IEC 60335-2-40) —
- as specified in ISO 817; or N/A
- as measured in humid air at 27 °C ± 0,5 C dew N/A
point at 101,3 kPa containing 21,0 ± 0,1 % O2
excluding water vapour determined at the
nominal composition as specified in ISO 817.
Burning velocity (Su) (cm/s) ................................. : Su = _____ (cm/s) N/A
For appliances with A2L refrigerants, electrostatic N/A
air cleaners and similar devices which may
produce electrical arcing during normal operation
that could ignite the refrigerant used, and which
are installed in the unit airstream or connecting
ducts, are not considered as a potential ignition
source if the airflow is monitored and the energy
source of the electric arcing is switched off when
the airflow is below the minimum airflow
according to Annex GG. ............ (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.117 Hot surfaces N/A
22.117.1 Temperatures on surfaces that exposed to N/A
leakage of flammable refrigerants not exceed
maximum allowable surface temperature given in
Annex BB ................................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
Flammable refrigerants except A2L refrigerants Measured surface P
not listed in Annex BB, the maximum allowable temperature: 93,7 (°C)
surface temperature is determined by AIT
reduced by 100 K....................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
A2L refrigerants not listed in Annex BB, the Measured surface N/A
maximum allowable surface temperature is temperature: _____ (°C)
determined by the highest of AIT reduced by
100 K or, if tested per annex KK, the hot surface
ignition temperature reduced by 100 K, but not
higher than 700 °C. .................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
Surfaces in compliance with this clause not be N/A
considered a potential ignition source. (IEC 60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

22.117.2 Temperatures on surfaces that may be exposed to leakage of A2L refrigerants —

may exceed the maximum allowable surface temperature in case of loss of
airflow when all the following applies: (IEC 60335-2-40):
- the temperatures are not exceeding the N/A
maximum allowable surface temperature with
the minimum airflow; ................ (IEC 60335-2-40)
- the airflow is supervised and the heat source of N/A
the hot surface is switched off, when the airflow
is below the minimum airflow. (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.117.3 Open source of ignition, including open flames, P
pilot flames, direct spark ignition or hot surface
ignition or other similar sources of ignition in the
combustion air-stream, if the combustion air is
drawn from an unventilated space in which
leaked refrigerant may enter through the
combustion air intake, are allowed, when these
appliances are provided with a flame arrest or
equivalent to ensure that in the event of an
ignition, the flame will not propagate.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
22.118 When a flammable refrigerant is used, all P
appliances charged with refrigerant at the
manufacturing location or charged on site as
recommended by the manufacturer.
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
A part of an appliance that is charged on site, which requires brazing or welding —
in the installation shall not be shipped with a flammable refrigerant charge. Joints
made in the installation between parts of the refrigerating system, with at least
one part charged, made in accordance with the following. (IEC 60335-2-40)
– A brazed, welded, or mechanical connection Appliances charged with N/A
shall be made before opening the valves to refrigerant at the
permit refrigerant to flow between the manufacturing location and no
refrigerating system parts. A vacuum valve shall Joints made in the installation
be provided to evacuate the interconnecting pipe between parts of the
and/or any uncharged refrigerating system part. refrigerating system
– Mechanical connectors used indoors shall No mechanical connectors N/A
comply with ISO 14903. When mechanical used indoors
connectors are reused indoors, sealing parts
shall be renewed. When flared joints are reused
indoors, the flare part shall be re-fabricated
– Refrigerant tubing shall be protected or N/A
enclosed to avoid damage
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Flexible refrigerant connectors (such as N/A

connecting lines between the indoor and outdoor
unit) that may be displaced during normal
operations shall be protected against mechanical
damage. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
22.119 Condensing units and evaporating units shall be P
equipped with a pressure limiting device or
equivalent to assure that the equipment does not
exceed the maximum allowable pressure.
(IEC 60335-2-
40)
For partial units, the interconnection circuits for N/A
signal communication between each unit shall be
of the same type.
SELV level connection is recommended. N/A
22.120 Partial units shall be provided with a means of N/A
connection to the supply mains and shall not be
powered by an electrical circuit from another
appliance. (IEC 60335-2-
40)
22.121 For the installation condition of appliances using an A2L refrigerant and where a —
refrigerant detection system is applied to fulfil the requirements of Annex GG, the
refrigerant sensor of the system shall be located where leaking refrigerant is likely
to stagnate. The sensor be located: (IEC 60335-2-40):
- within the unit for appliances connected via an N/A
air duct system to one or more rooms,
- within the unit where release height h0 as N/A
determined in Clause GG.2 is not more than
1,5 m
- where the release height h0 as determined in N/A
Clause GG.2 is more than 1,5 m, the sensor
may be located within
- the unit, or N/A
- 100 mm or less directly below the unit, or N/A
- remote located within 300 mm above the N/A
floor. If a remote located sensor is specified
by the manufacturer, the instructions shall
state that the sensor shall be located within
1)10 m horizontal distance in line sight of N/A
the unit and on a wall within the room in
which the unit is installed, or
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

2)7 m, if not in line sight of the unit, and N/A

on a wall within the room in which the unit
is installed. The distance from the unit to
the sensor shall be measured as the
shortest horizontal unobstructed path
between the unit and the nearest sensor.
For installations with field applied mechanical joints which are exposed in the —
occupied space, the instructions state that a sensor be located (IEC 60335-2-40):
- remote located within 2 m horizontal distance in N/A
line of sight of the unit and on a wall within the
room in which the unit is installed; and
- 100 mm above the floor where h0 is not N/A
more than 300 mm from the floor; or
- 300 mm above the floor where h0 is greater N/A
than 300 mm from the floor.
The following mechanical joints not require that sensor: (IEC 60335-2-40) —
- mechanical joints in compliance with ISO 14903; N/A
- joints in enclosures which vent to the unit or to N/A
the outside
Tested in accordance with Annex MM. Remote N/A
located sensor location is not tested. Sensors
located 100 mm or less directly below the unit are
not considered remote sensors. (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.122 Refrigerant detection systems that are required N/A
by this standard for A2L refrigerants comply with
Annex LL. ................................... (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.123 For appliances connected via an air duct system to one or more rooms using an —
A2L refrigerant (IEC 60335-2-40)
- which include a separate section with refrigerant N/A
containing components except pipes (e.g.
compressors, condensers), and
- which are isolated from the airflow and located N/A
in a room smaller than Amin per Clause GG.2,
then Clause GG.4 (ventilated enclosure) can be N/A
applied, where the required ventilation can be
provided by the ventilation system. That section
shall have an opening to the outdoor or indoor
air-stream to be able to ventilate the refrigerant to
an area in compliance with Annex GG.
22.124 If a refrigerant detection system is used, care has N/A
to be taken that in the event of a leak,
accumulating refrigerant will be detected properly
in every operating mode (e.g. indoor fan off). ...... (IEC 60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Tested in accordance with Annex MM. Remote N/A

located sensor location is not tested. Sensors
located 100 mm or less directly below the unit are
not considered remote sensors.
22.125 Refrigerating systems that fulfil all of the following conditions be considered —
enhanced tightness refrigerating systems: (IEC 60335-2-40)
bullet a) to bullet f) N/A
g) vibrations exceeding 0,30 G RMS, when N/A
measured with a low pass filter at 200 Hz, are not
allowed in the refrigerant containing parts in the
occupied space under normal operation
h) indoor heat exchangers be protected from N/A
damage in the event of freezing
i) the maximum speed of the fan, in normal N/A
operation, shall be less than 90 % of the
maximum allowable fan speed as specified by the
manufacturer of the fan wheel. If the
manufacturer does not specify a maximum
allowable fan speed then the fan wheel shall be
tested as described.
22.126 Germicidal lamps are limited to low pressure N/A
mercury lamps with a quartz envelope having a
continuous spectral irradiance at 254 nm. ............ (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.127 Appliance enclosure, UV-C lamps and UV-C N/A
barriers be located in such a manner that the UV-
C spectral irradiance is not emitted outside the
unit into an occupied space at a level exceeding
the irradiance limit specified in 32.101.1. ............. (IEC 60335-2-40)
Appliance indoor airflow inlet and outlet be N/A
considered as possible radiation paths. The unit
filters are not considered UV-C barriers. .............. (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.128 For appliances that employ UV-C germicidal lamp N/A
systems and which have doors and/or panels that
provide direct access to an area within the
appliance where the measured UV-C spectral
irradiance is greater than 1,7 µW/cm2, the doors
and/or panels be equipped with an interlock
device that terminates the power to the lamps
when opened. ............................ (IEC 60335-2-40)
If a switch is used to de-energize the UV-C lamps N/A
so as to meet the requirement, it is not possible
to operate the switch with test probe B of
IEC 61032. ............................................................ (IEC 60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

22.129 For user maintenance access areas, the UV-C N/A

spectral irradiance not exceed the limit specified
in 32.101.2 with the access panels opened or
removed as needed to perform the required user
maintenance. ............................. (IEC 60335-2-40)
Panels that are opened or removed to perform N/A
user maintenance are required to be closed or
put back in place for proper operation of the
appliance. .................................. (IEC 60335-2-40)
22.130 If the replacement of the UV-C lamp is allowed by the user, the appliance shall be —
constructed so that (IEC 60335-2-40)
- the replacement of the UV-C lamp is easily N/A
possible
- if screws or components are omitted or N/A
incorrectly positioned or fastened, the appliance
is rendered inoperable or manifestly incomplete.
22.131 Appliances that employ refrigerants in a N/A
transcritical refrigerating system are equipped
with a pressure-limiting device that operates no
greater than the maximum allowable pressure
plus the tolerance of the pressure-limiting device.
23 INTERNAL WIRING —
23.1 Wireways smooth and free from sharp edges P
Wires protected against contact with burrs, P
cooling fins etc.
Wire holes in metal well-rounded or provided with P
bushings
Wiring effectively prevented from coming into P
contact with moving parts
23.2 Beads etc. on live wires cannot change their N/A
position, and are not resting on sharp edges
Beads inside flexible metal conduits contained N/A
within an insulating sleeve
23.3 Electrical connections and internal conductors N/A
movable relatively to each other not exposed to
undue stress
Flexible metallic tubes not causing damage to N/A
insulation of conductors
Open-coil springs not used N/A
Adequate insulating lining provided inside a N/A
coiled spring, the turns of which touch one
another
No damage after 10 000 flexings for conductors N/A
flexed during normal use, or
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

100 flexings for conductors flexed during user N/A

maintenance
Electric strength test of 16.3, 1000 V between live N/A
parts and accessible metal parts
Not more than 10% of the strands of any N/A
conductor broken, and
not more than 30% for wiring supplying circuits N/A
that consume no more than 15W
23.4 Bare internal wiring sufficiently rigid and fixed N/A
23.5 The insulation of internal wiring subjected to the P
supply mains voltage withstanding the electrical
stress likely to occur in normal use
Basic insulation electrically equivalent to the N/A
basic insulation of cords complying with IEC
60227 or IEC 60245, or
no breakdown when a voltage of 2000 V is P
applied for 15 min between the conductor and
metal foil wrapped around the insulation
For class II construction, the requirements for P
supplementary insulation and reinforced
insulation apply,
except that the sheath of a cord complying with N/A
IEC 60227 or IEC 60245 may provide
supplementary insulation.
A single layer of internal wiring insulation does P
not provide reinforced insulation
23.6 Sleeving used as supplementary insulation on P
internal wiring retained in position by clamping at
both ends, or
be such that it can only be removed by breaking N/A
or cutting
23.7 The colour combination green/yellow only used P
for earthing conductors
23.8 Aluminium wires not used for internal wiring P
23.9 Stranded conductors not consolidated by P
soldering where they are subjected to contact
pressure, unless
the contact pressure is provided by spring N/A
terminals
23.10 The insulation and sheath of internal wiring, N/A
incorporated in external hoses for the connection
of an appliance to the water mains, at least
equivalent to that of light polyvinyl chloride
sheathed flexible cord (60227 IEC 52)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

23.101 Internal wiring that is exposed to direct or N/A

reflected UV-C radiation be UV-C resistant.
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Samples of the internal wiring are conditioned in N/A
accordance with Annex OO.
On completion of the conditioning, the cable is N/A
wrapped in metal foil and is wound around a
conductive mandrel 15 mm in diameter for three
turns.
A voltage of 2 000 V is applied for 15 min N/A
between the conductor and the mandrel.
No breakdown. N/A
24 COMPONENTS —
24.1 Components comply with safety requirements in P
relevant IEC standards
List of components………………………………….: (see appended table) P
Motors not required to comply with IEC 60034-1, P
they are tested as part of the appliance
Relays tested as part of the appliance, or P
alternatively acc. to IEC 60730-1, and meeting N/A
the additional requirements in IEC 60335-1
The requirements of Clause 29 apply between P
live parts of components and accessible parts of
the appliance
Components can comply with the requirements P
for clearances and creepage distances for
functional insulation in the relevant component
standard
30.2 of this standard apply to parts of non- P
metallic material in components including parts of
non-metallic material supporting current-carrying
connections
Components that have not been previously tested P
to comply with the IEC standard for the relevant
component are tested according to the
requirements of 30.2
Components that have been previously tested to P
comply with the resistance to fire requirements in
the IEC standard for the relevant component
need not be retested provided the specified
conditions are met
If these conditions are not satisfied, the P
component is tested as part of the appliance.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Power electronic converter circuits not required to P

comply with IEC 62477-1, they are tested as part
of the appliance
If components have not been tested and found to P
comply with relevant IEC standard for the number
of cycles specified, they are tested in accordance
with 24.1.1 to 24.1.9
For components mentioned in 24.1.1 to 24.1.9 no P
additional tests specified in the relevant
component standard are necessary other than
those specified in 24.1.1 to 24.1.9
Components not tested and found to comply with P
relevant IEC standard and components not
marked or not used in accordance with its
marking, tested under the conditions occurring in
the appliance
Lampholders and starterholders that have not N/A
being tested and found to comply with the
relevant IEC standard, tested as a part of the
appliance and additionally according to the
gauging and interchangeability requirements of
the relevant IEC standard
No additional tests specified for nationally N/A
standardized plugs such as those detailed in
IEC/TR 60083 or connectors complying with the
standard sheets of IEC 60320-1 and IEC 60309
Motor-compressors not tested according to IEC P
60335-2-34 (not necessary to meet all
requirements of IEC 60335-2-34.)(IEC 60335-2-
40)
24.1.1 Capacitors likely to be permanently subjected to P
the supply voltage and used for radio interference
suppression or for voltage dividing, complying
with IEC 60384-14
If the capacitors have to be tested, they are N/A
tested according to Annex F
24.1.2 Transformers in associated switch mode power P
supplies comply with Annex BB of IEC 61558-2-
16
Safety isolating transformers complying with IEC N/A
61558-2-6
If they have to be tested, they are tested N/A
according to Annex G
24.1.3 Switches complying with IEC 61058-1, the N/A
number of cycles of operation being at least 10
000
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

If they have to be tested, they are tested N/A

according to Annex H
If the switch operates a relay or contactor, the N/A
complete switching system is subjected to the
test
If the switch only operates a motor staring relay N/A
complying with IEC 60730-2-10 with the number
of cycles of a least 10 000 as specified, the
complete switching system need not be tested
24.1.4 Automatic controls complying with IEC 60730-1 with the relevant part 2. The
number of cycles of operation being at least:
- thermostats: 10 000 N/A
- temperature limiters: 1 000 N/A
- self-resetting thermal cut-outs (IEC360335-2-40):
000 N/A
- voltage maintained non-self-resetting 1 000 N/A
thermal cut-outs:
- other non-self-resetting thermal cut- 300 N/A
outs: (IEC 60335-2-
40):
- timers: 3 000 N/A
- energy regulators: 10 000 N/A
- thermostats which control motor- 100 000 Electronic thermostat Relay: P
compressor (IEC 60335-2- 100000 cycles
40):
- motor-compressor starting relays 100 000 N/A
(IEC 60335-2-40):
- automatic thermal motor-protectors for min N/A
hermetic and semi-hermetic type motor- 2 000
compressors (IEC 60335-2-40):
- manual reset thermal motor-protectors 50 N/A
for hermetic and semi-hermetic type
motor-compressors (IEC 60335-2-
40):
- other automatic thermal motor 2 000 N/A
protectors (IEC 60335-2-
40):
- other manual reset thermal motor 30 N/A
protectors (IEC 60335-2-
40):
- refrigerant detection systems self- 300 N/A
resetting
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- refrigerant detection systems non 30 N/A

self-resetting
- electromechanical proof of airflow 100000 N/A
control
- self-resetting electrical pressure- 3000 N/A
limiting device
- non-self-resetting electrical pressure- 300 N/A
limiting device
The number of cycles for controls operating N/A
during clause 11 need not be declared, if the
appliance meets the requirements of this
standard when they are short-circuited
Thermal motor protectors are tested in N/A
combination with their motor under the conditions
specified in Annex D
For water valves containing live parts and that N/A
are incorporated in external hoses for connection
of an appliance to the water mains, the degree of
protection declared for subclause 6.5.2 of IEC
60730-2-8 is IPX7
Thermal cut-outs of the capillary type comply with N/A
the requirements for type 2.K controls in IEC
60730-2-9
Thermal cut-outs incorporated in closed water N/A
heaters shall comply with the requirements of IEC
60730-1(EN 60730-1)for type 2B controls, unless
they are tested with the appliance. (IEC
60335-2-21)
24.1.5 Appliance couplers complying with IEC 60320-1 N/A
However, for class II appliances classified higher N/A
than IPX0, the appliance couplers complying with
IEC 60320-2-3
Interconnection couplers complying with IEC N/A
60320-2-2
24.1.6 Small lamp holders similar to E10 lampholders N/A
complying with IEC 60238, the requirements for
E10 lampholders being applicable
24.1.7 For remote operation of the appliance via a N/A
telecommunication network, the relevant
standard for the telecommunication interface
circuitry in the appliance is IEC 62151
24.1.8 The relevant standard for thermal links is IEC N/A
60691
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Thermal links not complying with IEC 60691 are N/A

considered to be an intentionally weak part for
the purposes of Clause 19
24.1.9 Contactors and relays, other than motor starting P
relays, tested as part of the appliance
They are also tested in accordance with Clause 100000 Cycles P
17 of IEC 60730-1, the number of cycles of
operations in 24.1.4 selected according to the
contactor or relay function in the appliance……...:
24.2 Appliances not fitted with: —
-switches, automatic controls or power supplies in N/A
flexible cords
- devices causing the protective device in the P
fixed wiring to operate in the event of a fault in
the appliance
- thermal cut-outs that can be reset by soldering, P
unless
the solder has a melding point of at least 230 ˚C N/A
24.3 Switches intended for all-pole disconnection of N/A
stationary appliances are directly connected to
the supply terminals and have a contact
separation in all poles, providing full
disconnection under overvoltage category III
conditions
24.4 Plugs and socket-outlets for extra-low voltage N/A
circuits and heating elements, not
interchangeable with plugs and socket-outlets
listed in IEC/TR 60083 or IEC 60906-1 or with
connectors and appliance inlets complying with
the standard sheets of IEC 60320-1
24.5 Capacitors in auxiliary windings of motors marked N/A
with their rated voltage and capacitance, and
used accordingly
Voltage across capacitors in series with a motor N/A
winding does not exceed 1,1 times rated voltage,
when the appliance is supplied at 1,1 times rated
voltage under minimum load
24.6 Working voltage of motors connected to the N/A
supply mains and having basic insulation that is
inadequate for the rated voltage of the appliance,
not exceeding 42 V
In addition, the motors comply with the N/A
requirements of Annex I
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

24.7 Detachable hose-sets for connection of No detachable hose-sets N/A

appliances to the water mains comply with IEC
61770
They are supplied with the appliance N/A
Appliances intended to be permanently N/A
connected to the water mains not connected by a
detachable hose-set
24.8 Motor running capacitors in appliances for which No motor running capacitors N/A
30.2.3 is applicable and that are permanently
connected in series with a motor winding, not
causing a hazard in event of a failure
One or more of the following conditions are to be met: —
- the capacitors are of class S2 or S3 according N/A
to IEC 60252-1
- the capacitors are housed within a metallic or N/A
ceramic enclosure
- the distance of separation of the outer surface N/A
to adjacent non-metallic parts exceeds 50 mm
- adjacent non-metallic parts within 50 mm N/A
withstand the needle-flame test of Annex E
- adjacent non-metallic parts within 50 mm N/A
classified as at least V-1 according to IEC 60695-
11-10
24.101 Thermal cut-outs shall be non-self-resetting. They N/A
shall have a trip-free switching mechanism or be
located so that they can only be reset after
removal of a non-detachable cover. (IEC
60335-2-21)
Replaceable parts of thermal control devices P
identified by marking (IEC 60335-2-40)
24.102 Pressure-limiting devices used in transcritical N/A
refrigerating systems complies with IEC 60730-2-
6 and (IEC 60335-2-40)
- be of type 2A or 2B; N/A
- have a trip free mechanism of type 2 J N/A
- the deviation and drift not exceed + 0 %. N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The operating temperature of the thermal cut-out N/A

of a closed water heater shall ensure that the
water temperature cannot exceed either 99 °C or
that the thermal cut out operate before its
temperature exceeds 110 °C (IEC
60335-2-21)
24.102.1 Tested as specified (IEC 60335-2-21) N/A
Water temperature not exceeding 99°C
electronic circuit, the test is repeated under the
following conditions applied separately:
– the fault conditions in a) to g) of 19.11.2 applied
one at a time to the electronic circuit;
– the electromagnetic phenomena tests of
19.11.4.1 to 19.11.4.7 applied to the appliance.
The temperature of the water at the outlet shall
not exceed 99 °C during or after each of the tests
If the electronic circuit is programmable, the N/A
software shall contain measures to control the
fault/error conditions specified in Table R.1 and is
evaluated in accordance with the relevant
requirements of Annex R.
24.102.2 Tested as specified N/A
The thermal cut-off temperature shall operate
before its temperature exceeds 110°C. The water
temperature shall not exceed 20K of the maximum
permitted operating temperature of the thermal
cut-out. (IEC 60335-2-21)
electronic circuit, the test is repeated under the
following conditions applied separately:
– the fault conditions in a) to g) of 19.11.2 applied
one at a time to the electronic circuit;
– the electromagnetic phenomena tests of
19.11.4.2 and 19.11.4.5 applied to the appliance.
The temperature of the water at the outlet shall
not exceed 110 °C during or after each of the
tests.
25 SUPPLY CONNECTION AND EXTERNAL FLEXIBLE CORDS —
25.1 Appliance not intended for permanent connection to fixed wiring, means for —
connection to the supply:
- supply cord fitted with a plug, the current rating N/A
and voltage rating of the plug being not less than
the corresponding ratings of its associated
appliance
- an appliance inlet having at least the same N/A
degree of protection against moisture as required
for the appliance, or
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- pins for insertion into socket-outlets N/A

- supply cord fitted with a plug may be provided, if (IEC 60335-2-40): —
• the appliance is only for indoor use N/A
• it is marked with a rating of 25 A or less N/A
• it complies with the code requirements of N/A

the country where it will be used
Appliance inlet not allowed (IEC N/A
60335-2-21 & IEC 60335-2-40)
25.2 Appliance not provided with more than one N/A
means of connection to the supply mains
Stationary appliance for multiple supply may be N/A
provided with more than one means of
connection, provided electric strength test of
1250 V for 1 min between each means of
connection causes no breakdown
25.3 Appliance intended to be permanently connected to fixed wiring provided with one —
of the following means for connection to the supply mains:
- a set of terminals allowing the connection of a N/A
flexible cord
- a fitted supply cord N/A
- a set of supply leads accommodated in a N/A
suitable compartment
- a set of terminals for the connection of cables of For interconnection cord P
fixed wiring, cross-sectional areas specified in
26.6, and the appliance allows the connection of
the supply conductors after the appliance has
been fixed to its support
- a set of terminals and cable entries, conduit N/A
entries, knock-outs or glands, allowing
connection of appropriate types of cable or
conduit, and the appliance allows the connection
of the supply conductors after the appliance has
been fixed to its support
For a fixed appliance constructed so that parts P
can be removed to facilitate easy installation, this
requirement is met if it is possible to connect the
fixed wiring without difficulty after a part of the
appliance has been fixed to its support
25.4 Cable and conduit entries, rated current of N/A
appliance not exceeding 16 A, dimension
according to table 10 (mm)………………………:
Introduction of conduit or cable does not reduce N/A
clearances or creepage distances below values
specified in clause 29
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

25.5 Method for assembling the supply cord to the appliance: —

- type X attachment N/A
- type Y attachment Fixed wiring (For P
interconnection cord)
- type Z attachment, if allowed in relevant part 2 N/A
Type X attachment, other than those with a N/A
specially prepared cord, not used for flat twin
tinsel cords
For multi-phase appliances supplied with a N/A
supply cord and that are intended to be
permanently connected to fixed wiring, the supply
cord is assembled to the appliance by type Y
attachment
25.6 Plugs fitted with only one flexible cord N/A
25.7 Supply cords, other than for class III appliances, being one of the following types: —
- rubber sheathed (at least 60245 IEC 53) N/A
- polychloroprene sheathed (at least 60245 IEC For interconnection cord P
57)
- cross-linked polyvinyl chloride sheathed (at N/A
least 60245 IEC 88)
- polyvinyl chloride sheathed. Not used if they are likely to touch metal parts —
having a temperature rise exceeding 75 K during the test of clause 11
• light polyvinyl chloride sheathed cord N/A
(60227 IEC 52), for appliances not
exceeding 3 kg
• ordinary polyvinyl chloride sheathed cord N/A
(60227 IEC 53), for other appliances
- heat resistant polyvinyl chloride sheathed. Not used for type X attachment other —
than specially prepared cords
• heat-resistant light polyvinyl chloride N/A
sheathed cord (60227 IEC 56), for
appliances not exceeding 3 kg
• heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride sheathed N/A
cord (60227 IEC 57), for other appliances
- halogen-free, low smoke, thermoplastic insulated and sheathed —
• light duty halogen-free low smoke flexible N/A
cable (62821 IEC 101) for circular cable
and (62821 IEC 101f) for flat cable
• Ordinary duty halogen-free low smoke N/A
flexible cable (62821 IEC 102) for circular
cable and (62821 IEC 102f( for flat cable
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Supply cords for class III appliances adequately N/A

insulated
Test with 500 V for 2 min for supply cords of N/A
class III appliances that contain live parts
Supply cords for outdoor use not lighter than N/A
polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (60245 IEC
57) (IEC 60335-2-40)
25.8 Nominal cross-sectional area of supply cords not See in indoor unit for N/A
less than table 11; rated current (A); cross- connection to supply main
sectional area (mm²)………………………………..:
25.9 Supply cords not in contact with sharp points or For interconnection cord P
edges
25.10 Supply cord of class I appliances have a Supply cord not provided with N/A
green/yellow core for earthing appliance
In multi-phase appliances, the colour of the N/A
neutral conductor of the supply cord is blue.
Where additional neutral conductors are provided in the supply cord: —
– other colours may be used for these additional N/A
neutral conductors;
– all of the neutral conductors and line N/A
conductors are identified by marking using the
alpha numeric notation specified in IEC 60445
– the supply cord is fitted to the appliance N/A
25.11 – the supply cord is fitted to the appliance N/A
the contact pressure is provided by spring N/A
terminals
25.12 Insulation of the supply cord not damaged when N/A
moulding the cord to part of the enclosure
25.13 Inlet openings so constructed as to prevent For interconnection cord P
damage to the supply cord
If it is not evident that the supply cord can be N/A
introduced without risk of damage, a non-
detachable lining or bushing complying with 29.3
for supplementary insulation provided a non-
detachable lining or bushing complying with 29.3
for supplementary insulation provided
If unsheathed supply cord, a similar additional N/A
bushing or lining is required, unless the appliance
is
class 0, or N/A
a class III appliance not containing live parts N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

25.14 Supply cords moved while in operation N/A

adequately protected against excessive flexing
Flexing test, as described: —
- applied force (N)………………………………….: N/A
- number of flexings………………………………..: N/A
The test does not result in: —
- short-circuit between the conductors, such that N/A
the current exceeds a value of twice the rated
current
- breakage of more than 10% of the strands of N/A
any conductor
- separation of the conductor from its terminal N/A
- loosening of any cord guard N/A
- damage to the cord or the cord guard N/A
- broken strands piercing the insulation and N/A
becoming accessible
25.15 For appliances with supply cord and appliances For interconnection cord P
to be permanently connected to fixed wiring by a
flexible cord, conductors of the supply cord
relieved from strain, twisting and abrasion by use
of cord anchorage
The cord cannot be pushed into the appliance to P
such an extent that the cord or internal parts of
the appliance can be damaged
Pull and torque test of supply cord: —
- fixed appliances: pull 100 N; torque (not on 0,35 Nm P
automatic cord reel) (Nm)………………………….:
- other appliances: values shown in table 12: N/A
mass (kg); pull (N); torque (not on automatic cord
reel) (Nm)……………………………………………:
Pull and torque test of supply cord, values shown N/A
in table 12: mass (kg); pull (N); torque (not on
automatic cord reel) (Nm)………………………….:
Cord not damaged and max. 2 mm displacement P
of the cord
25.16 Cord anchorages for type X attachments constructed and located so that: —
- replacement of the cord is easily possible N/A
- it is clear how the relief from strain and the N/A
prevention of twisting are obtained
- they are suitable for different types of supply N/A
cord
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- cord cannot touch the clamping screws of cord N/A

anchorage if these screws are accessible, unless
they are separated from accessible metal parts N/A
by supplementary insulation
- the cord is not clamped by a metal screw which N/A
bears directly on the cord
- at least one part of the cord anchorage securely N/A
fixed to the appliance, unless
it is part of a specially prepared cord N/A
- screws which have to be operated when N/A
replacing the cord do not fix any other
component, unless
the appliance becomes inoperative or incomplete N/A
or the parts cannot be removed without a tool
- if labyrinths can be bypassed the test of 25.15 is N/A
nevertheless withstood
- for class 0, 0I and I appliances they are of N/A
insulating material or are provided with an
insulating lining, unless
failure of the insulation of the cord does not make N/A
accessible metal parts live
- for class II appliances they are of insulating N/A
material, or
if of metal, they are insulated from accessible N/A
metal parts by supplementary insulation
After the test of 25.15, under the conditions N/A
specified, the conductors have not moved by
more than 1 mm in the terminals
25.17 Adequate cord anchorages for type Y and Z For interconnection cord P
attachment, test with the cord supplied with the
appliance
25.18 Cord anchorages only accessible with the aid of a For interconnection cord P
tool, or
Constructed so that the cord can only be fitted P
with the aid of a tool
25.19 Type X attachment, glands not used as cord N/A
anchorage in portable appliances
Tying the cord into a knot or tying the cord with N/A
string not used
25.20 The conductors of the supply cord for type Y and For interconnection cord P
Z attachment insulated from accessible metal
parts
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

25.21 Space for supply cord for type X attachment or for connection of fixed wiring —
constructed:
- to permit checking of conductors with respect to P
correct positioning and connection before fitting
any cover
- so there is no risk of damage to the conductors P
or their insulation when fitting the cover
- for portable appliances, so that the uninsulated N/A
end of a conductor, if it becomes free from the
terminal, prevented from contact with accessible
metal parts
2 N test to the conductor for portable appliances; N/A
no contact with accessible metal parts
25.22 Appliance inlets: —
- live parts not accessible during insertion or N/A
removal
Requirement not applicable to appliance inlets N/A
complying with IEC 60320-1
- connector can be inserted without difficulty N/A
- the appliance is not supported by the connector N/A
- not for cold conditions if temp. rise of external N/A
metal parts exceeds 75 K during clause 11,
unless
the supply cord is unlikely to touch such metal N/A
parts
25.23 Interconnection cords comply with the requirements for the supply cord, except —
that:
- the cross-sectional area of the conductors is P
determined on the basis of the maximum current
during clause 11
- the thickness of the insulation may be reduced N/A
- for class I or class II appliance with class III N/A
construction, the cross sectional areas of the
conductors need not comply with 25.8 if specified
conditions are met
If necessary, electric strength test of 16.3 N/A
25.24 Interconnection cords not detachable without the P
aid of a tool if compliance with this standard is
impaired when they are disconnected
25.25 Dimensions of pins that are inserted into socket- N/A
outlets compatible with the dimensions of the
relevant socket-outlet.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Dimensions of pins and engagement face in N/A

accordance with the dimensions of the relevant
plug in IEC/TR 60083
26 TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL CONDUCTORS —
26.1 Appliances provided with terminals or equally For connection with P
effective devices for connection of external interconnection cord
conductors
Terminals only accessible after removal of a non- P
detachable cover, except
for class III appliances that do not contain live N/A
parts
Earthing terminals may be accessible if a tool is N/A
required to make the connections and means are
provided to clamp the wire independently from its
connection
26.2 Appliances with type X attachment and For connection with P
appliances for the connection of cables to fixed interconnection cord
wiring provided with terminals in which
connections are made by means of screws, nuts
or similar devices, unless
the connections are soldered N/A
Screws and nuts not used to fix any other P
component, except
internal conductors, if so arranged that they are P
unlikely to be displaced when fitting the supply
conductors
If soldered connections used, the conductor so N/A
positioned or fixed that reliance is not placed on
soldering alone, unless
barriers provided so that neither clearances nor N/A
creepage distances between live parts and other
metal parts reduced below the values for
supplementary insulation if the conductor
becomes free at the soldered joint
26.3 Terminals for type X attachment and for For connection with P
connection of cables of fixed wiring so interconnection cord
constructed that the conductor is clamped
between metal surfaces with sufficient contact
pressure but without damaging the conductor
Terminals fixed so that when the clamping means is tightened or loosened: —
- the terminal does not become loose P
- internal wiring is not subjected to stress P
- neither clearances nor creepage distances are P
reduced below the values in clause 29
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Compliance checked by inspection and by the Diameter: 4,8 mm. P

test of subclause 9.6 of IEC 60999-1, the torque Torque applied: 1,33 Nm
applied being equal to two-thirds of the torque
specified (Nm)……………………………………….:
No deep or sharp indentations of the conductors P
26.4 Terminals for type X attachment, except those For connection with P
having a specially prepared cord and those for interconnection cord
the connection of cables of fixed wiring, no
special preparation of conductors such as by
soldering, use of cable lugs, eyelets or similar,
and
so constructed or placed that conductors P
prevented from slipping out when clamping
screws or nuts are tightened
26.5 Terminals for type X attachment so located or N/A
shielded that if a wire of a stranded conductor
escapes, no risk of accidental connection to other
parts that result in a hazard
Stranded conductor test, 8 mm insulation N/A
removed
No contact between live parts and accessible N/A
metal parts and,
for class II constructions, between live parts and N/A
metal parts separated from accessible metal
parts by supplementary insulation only
26.6 Terminals for type X attachment and for For connection with P
connection of cables of fixed wiring suitable for interconnection cord
connection of conductors with cross-sectional Rated current: 13,0A, 15,8A
area according to table 13; rated current (A); Cross sectional area: 2,5 mm²
nominal cross-sectional area (mm²)………………: (See instruction)
If a specially prepared cord is used, terminals N/A
need only be suitable for that cord
26.7 Terminals for type X attachment, except in class N/A
III appliances not containing live parts, accessible
after removal of a cover or part of the enclosure
26.8 Terminals for the connection of fixed wiring, For connection with P
including the earthing terminal, located close to interconnection cord
each other
26.9 Terminals of the pillar type constructed and N/A
located as specified
26.10 Terminals with screw clamping and screwless N/A
terminals not used for flat twin tinsel cords,
unless
conductors ends fitted with means suitable for N/A
screw terminals
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Pull test of 5 N to the connection N/A

26.11 For type Y and Z attachment, soldered, welded, N/A
crimped or similar connections may be used
For Class II appliances, the conductor so N/A
positioned or fixed that reliance is not placed on
soldering, welding or crimping alone
If soldering, welding or crimping alone used, N/A
barriers provided so that clearances and
creepage distances between live parts and other
metal parts are not reduced below the values for
supplementary insulation if the conductor
becomes free
27 PROVISION FOR EARTHING —
27.1 Accessible metal parts of Class 0I and I P
appliances permanently and reliably connected to
an earthing terminal or earthing contact of the
appliance inlet
Earthing terminals and earthing contacts not P
connected to the neutral terminal
Class 0, II and III appliances have no provision N/A
for earthing
Safety extra-low voltage circuits not earthed, N/A
unless
protective extra-low voltage circuits N/A
Class I water heaters, sheath of heating element P
permanently and reliably connected to earthing
terminal, unless (IEC 60335-2-21)
-provided with inlet and outlet pipes of metal P
permanently and reliably connected to earthing
terminal (IEC 60335-2-21)
-other accessible metal parts in contact with the N/A
water permanently and reliably connected to
earthing terminal (IEC 60335-2-21)
27.2 Clamping means of earthing terminals adequately P
secured against accidental loosening
Terminals for the connection of external N/A
equipotential bonding conductors allow
connection of conductors of 2.5 to 6 mm², and
do not provide earthing continuity between N/A
different parts of the appliance, and
conductors cannot be loosened without the aid of N/A
a tool
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Requirements not applicable to class II N/A

appliances and class III appliances that
incorporate an earth for functional purposes
27.3 For a detachable part having an earth connection N/A
and being plugged into another part of the
appliance, the earth connection is made before
and separated after current-carrying connections
when removing the part
For appliances with supply cords, current- P
carrying conductors become taut before earthing
conductor, if the cord slips out of the cord
anchorage
27.4 No risk of corrosion resulting from contact P
between parts of the earthing terminal and the
copper of the earthing conductor or other metal
Parts providing earthing continuity, other than P
parts of a metal frame or enclosure, have
adequate resistance to corrosion
If of steel, these parts provided with an P
electroplated coating with a thickness at least
5 µm
Adequate protection against rusting of parts of P
coated or uncoated steel, only intended to
provide or transmit contact pressure
In the body of the earthing terminal is a part of a N/A
frame or enclosure of aluminium or aluminium
alloys, precautions taken to avoid risk of
corrosion
27.5 Low resistance of connection between earthing P
terminal and earthed metal parts
This requirement does not apply to connections N/A
providing earthing continuity in the protective
extra-low voltage circuit, provided the clearances
of basic insulation are based on the rated voltage
of the appliance
Resistance not exceeding 0,1 Ω at the specified 0,03Ω P
low-resistance test (Ω )…………………………….:
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

If the ground continuity between system P

components meets the minimum values specified
in 27.5, it is considered to meet the requirements
without dedicated grounding conductors (IEC
60335-2-40)
27.6 The printed conductors of printed circuit boards N/A
not used to provide earthing continuity in hand-
held appliances.
They may be used to provide earthing continuity N/A
in other appliances if at least two tracks are used
with independent soldering points and the
appliance complies with 27.5 for each circuit
28 SCREWS AND CONNECTIONS —
28.1 Fixings, electrical connections and connections P
providing earthing continuity withstand
mechanical stresses
Screws not of soft metal liable to creep, such as P
zinc or aluminium
Diameter of screws of insulating material min. N/A
3 mm
Screws of insulating material not used for any N/A
electrical connections or connections providing
earthing continuity
Screws used for electrical connections or P
connections providing earthing continuity
screwed into metal
Screws not of insulating material if their N/A
replacement by a metal screw can impair
For type X attachment, screws to be removed for N/A
replacement of supply cord or for user
maintenance, not of insulating material if their
replacement by a metal screw impairs basic
insulation
For screws and nuts; torque-test as specified in (see appended table) P
table 14………………………………………………:
28.2 Electrical connections and connections providing P
earthing continuity constructed so that contact
pressure is not transmitted through non-ceramic
insulating material liable to shrink or distort,
unless
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

there is resiliency in the metallic parts to N/A

compensate for shrinkage or distortion of the
insulating material
This requirement does not apply to electrical connections in circuits of appliances —
for which:
• 30.2.2 is applicable and that carry a N/A
current not exceeding 0,5 A
• 30.2.3 is applicable and that carry a P
current not exceeding 0,2 A
28.3 Space-threaded (sheet metal) screws only used P
for electrical connections if they clamp the parts
together
Thread-cutting (self-tapping) screws and thread N/A
rolling screws only used for electrical connections
if they generate a full form standard machine
screw thread
Thread-cutting (self-tapping) screws not used if N/A
they are likely to be operated by the user or
installer
Thread-cutting, thread rolling and space threaded screws may be used in —
connections providing earthing continuity provided it is not necessary to disturb
the connection:
- in normal use, P
- during user maintenance, P
- when replacing a supply cord having a type X N/A
attachment, or
- during installation P
At least two screws being used for each P
connection providing earthing continuity, unless
the screw forms a thread having a length of at P
least half the diameter of the screw
28.4 Screws and nuts that make mechanical P
connection secured against loosening if they also
make electrical connections or connections
providing earthing continuity
This requirement does not apply to screws in the P
earthing circuit if at least two screws are used, or
if an alternative earthing circuit is provided N/A
Rivets for electrical connections or connections N/A
providing earthing continuity secured against
loosening if the connections are subjected to
torsion
29 CLEARANCES, CREEPAGE DISTANCES AND SOLID INSULATION —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Clearances, creepage distances and solid P

insulation withstand electrical stress
For coatings used on printed circuits boards to N/A
protect the microenvironment (Type 1) or to
provide basic insulation (Type 2), Annex J
applies:
The microenvironment is pollution degree 1 under N/A
type 1 protection
For type 2 protection, the spacing between the N/A
conductors before the protection is applied is not
less than the values specified in Table 1 of IEC
60664-3
These values apply to functional, basic, N/A
supplementary and reinforced insulation…………:
For motor-compressor complies with IEC 60335-2- N/A
34, parts related not checked (IEC
60335-2-40)
For motor-compressor not complying with IEC P
60335-2-34, additions and modifications as
specified (IEC 60335-2-40)
29.1 Clearances not less than the values specified in (see appended table) P
table 16, taking into account the rated impulse
voltage for the overvoltage categories of table 15,
unless………………………………………………...:
for basic insulation and functional insulation they N/A
comply with the impulse voltage test of clause 14
However, if the distances are affected by wear, P
distortion, movement of the parts or during
assembly, the clearances for rated impulse
voltages of 1500V and above are increased by
0,5 mm and the impulse voltage test is not
applicable
For appliances intended for use at altitudes N/A
exceeding 2 000 m, the clearances in Table 16 is
increased according to the relevant multiplier
values in Table A.2 of IEC 60664-1
Impulse voltage test is not applicable: —
- when the microenvironment is pollution degree P
3, or
- for basic insulation of class 0 and class 01 N/A
appliances
- to appliances intended for use at altitudes N/A
exceeding 2 000
Appliances are in overvoltage category II P
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

A force of 2 N is applied to bare conductors, other P

than heating elements
A force of 30 N is applied to accessible surfaces P
29.1.1 Clearances of basic insulation withstand the P
overvoltages, taking into account the rated
impulse voltage
The values of table 16 or the impulse voltage test (see appended table) N/A
of clause 14 are applicable………………………:
Clearance at the terminals of tubular sheathed N/A
heating elements may be reduced to 1,0 mm if
the microenvironment is pollution degree 1
Lacquered conductors of windings considered to P
be bare conductors
29.1.2 Clearances of supplementary insulation not less (see appended table) P
than those specified for basic insulation in table
16……………………………………………………..:
29.1.3 Clearances of reinforced insulation not less than (see appended table) P
those specified for basic insulation in table 16,
using the next higher step for rated impulse
voltage………………………………………………:
For double insulation, with no intermediate P
conductive part between basic and
supplementary insulation, clearances are
measured between live parts and the accessible
surface, and the insulation system is treated as
reinforced insulation
29.1.4 Clearances for functional insulation are the largest values determined from: —
- table 16 based on the rated impulse voltage…..: (see appended table) P
- table F.7a in IEC 60664-1, frequency not N/A
exceeding 30 kHz
- clause 4 of IEC 60664-4, frequency exceeding N/A
30 kHz
If values of table 16 are largest, the impulse N/A
voltage test of clause 14 may be applied instead,
unless
the microenvironment is pollution degree 3, or P
the distances can be affected by wear, distortion, N/A
movement of the parts or during assembly
However, clearances are not specified if the N/A
appliance complies with clause 19 with the
functional insulation short-circuited
Lacquered conductors of windings considered to P
be bare conductors
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

However, clearances at crossover points are not P

measured
Clearance between surfaces of PTC heating N/A
elements may be reduced to 1mm
29.1.5 Appliances having higher working voltages than rated voltage, clearances for —
basic insulation are the largest values determined from:
- table 16 based on the rated impulse voltage…..: 2500V P
- table F.7a in IEC 60664-1, frequency not N/A
exceeding 30 kHz
- clause 4 of IEC 60664-4, frequency exceeding N/A
30 kHz
If clearances for basic insulation are selected N/A
from Table F.7a of IEC 60664-1 or Clause 4 of
IEC 60664-4, the clearances of supplementary
insulation are not less than those specified for
basic insulation
from Table F.7a of IEC 60664-1, the clearances
of reinforced insulation dimensioned as specified
in Table F.7a are to withstand 160% of the
withstand voltage required for basic insulation
from Clause 4 of IEC 60664-4, the clearances of
reinforced insulation are twice the value required
for basic insulation
If the secondary winding of a step-down N/A
transformer is earthed, or if there is an earthed
screen between the primary and secondary
windings, clearances of basic insulation on the
secondary side not less than those specified in
table 16, but using the next lower step for rated
impulse voltage
Circuits supplied with a voltage lower than rated N/A
voltage, clearances of functional insulation are
based on the working voltage used as the rated
voltage in table 15
29.2 Creepage distances not less than those (see appended table) P
appropriate for the working voltage, taking into
account the material group and the pollution
degree………………………………………………..:
Pollution degree 2 applies, unless P
- precautions taken to protect the insulation; N/A
pollution degree 1
- insulation subjected to conductive pollution; P
pollution degree 3
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

A force of 2 N is applied to bare conductors, other P

than heating elements
A force of 30 N is applied to accessible surfaces P
In a double insulation system, the working P
voltage for both the basic and supplementary
insulation is taken as the working voltage across
the complete double insulation system
Insulation located in airflow, pollution degree 3 P
unless (IEC 60335-2-40)
Insulation enclosed or located so that unlikely to P
be exposed to pollution due to normal use
(IEC 60335-2-40)
29.2.1 Creepage distances of basic insulation not less (see appended table) P
than specified in table 17…………………………..:
However, if the working voltage is periodic and N/A
has a frequency exceeding 30 kHz, the creepage
distances are also determined from table 2 of IEC
60664-4, these values being used if exceeding
the values in table 17……………………………….:
Except for pollution degree 1, corresponding N/A
creepage distance not less than the minimum
specified for the clearance in table 16, if the
clearance has been checked according to the test
of clause 14………………………………………….:
29.2.2 Creepage distances of supplementary insulation (see appended table) P
at least those specified for basic insulation in
table 17, or…………………………………………..:
Table 2 of IEC 60664-4, as applicable……………: N/A
29.2.3 Creepage distances of reinforced insulation at (see appended table) P
least double those specified for basic insulation in
table 17, or…………………………………………:
Table 2 of IEC 60664-4, as applicable……………: N/A
29.2.4 Creepage distances of functional insulation not (see appended table) P
less than specified in table 18……………………..:
However, if the working voltage is periodic and N/A
has a frequency exceeding 30 kHz, the creepage
distances are also determined from table 2 of IEC
60664-4, these values being used if exceeding
the values in table 18……………………………….:
Creepage distances may be reduced if the N/A
appliance complies with clause 19 with the
functional insulation short-circuited
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

29.3 Supplementary and reinforced insulation have P

adequate thickness, or a sufficient number of
layers, to withstand the electrical stresses
Compliance checked: —
- by measurement, in accordance with 29.3.1, or P
- by an electric strength test in accordance with N/A
29.3.2, or
- for insulation, other than single layer internal N/A
wiring insulation; by an assessment of the
thermal quality of the material combined with an
electric strength test, in accordance with 29.3.3,
and
for accessible parts of reinforced insulation N/A
consisting of a single layer, by measurement in
accordance with 29.3.4, or
- by an assessment of the thermal quality of the N/A
material according to 29.3.3 combined with an
electric strength test in accordance with 23.5, for
each single layer internal wiring insulation
touching each other, or
- as specified in subclause 6.3 of IEC 60664-4 for N/A
insulation that is subjected to any periodic voltage
having a frequency exceeding 30 kHz
29.3.1 Supplementary insulation have a thickness of at P
least 1 mm
Reinforced insulation have a thickness of at least N/A
2 mm
29.3.2 Each layer of material withstand the electric N/A
strength test of 16.3 for supplementary insulation
Supplementary insulation consist of at least 2 N/A
layers
Reinforced insulation consist of at least 3 layers N/A
29.3.3 The insulation is subjected to the dry heat test Bb N/A
of IEC 60068-2-2, followed by
the electric strength test of 16.3 N/A
If the temperature rise during the tests of clause N/A
19 does not exceed the value specified in table 3,
the test of IEC 60068-2-2 is not carried out
29.3.4 Thickness of accessible parts of reinforced N/A
insulation consisting of a single layer not less
than specified in table 19
..............................................................................
:
30 RESISTANCE TO HEAT AND FIRE —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

30.1 External parts of non-metallic material, P

parts supporting live parts, and P
parts of thermoplastic material providing P
sufficiently resistant to heat P
Ball-pressure test according to IEC 60695-10-2 P
External parts tested at 40 C plus the maximum (see appended table) P
temperature rise determined during the test of
clause 11, or at 75 C, whichever is the higher;
temperature (C)…………………………………….:
Parts supporting live parts tested at 40C plus the (see appended table) P
maximum temperature rise determined during the
test of clause 11, or at 125 C, whichever is the
higher; temperature (C)…………………………...:
Parts of thermoplastic material providing (see appended table) N/A
supplementary or reinforced insulation tested at
25 C plus the maximum temperature rise
determined during clause 19, if higher;
temperature (C)…………………………………….:
30.2 Parts of non-metallic material resistant to ignition P
and spread of fire
This requirement does not apply to: —
parts having a mass not exceeding 0,5 g, P
provided the cumulative effect is unlikely to
propagate flames that originate inside the
appliance by propagating flames from one part to
another, or
decorative trims, knobs and other parts unlikely to P
be ignited or to propagate flames that originate
inside the appliance
Compliance checked by the test of 30.2.1, and in P
addition:
- for attended appliances, 30.2.2 applies N/A
- for unattended appliances, 30.2.3 applies P
For appliances for remote operation, 30.2.3 N/A
applies
For base material of printed circuit boards, 30.2.4 P
applies
30.2.1 Parts of non-metallic material subjected to the (see appended table 30.2) P
glow-wire test of IEC 60695-2-11 at 550 C
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

However, test not carried out if the material is N/A

classified as having a glow-wire flammability
index according to IEC 60695-2-12 of at least
550 C, or
the material is classified at least HB40 according N/A
to IEC 60695-11-10
Parts for which the glow-wire test cannot be N/A
carried out need to meet the requirements in ISO
9772 for material classified HBF
30.2.3 Appliances operated while unattended, tested as P
specified in 30.2.3.1 and 30.2.3.2
The tests are not applicable to conditions as (i) Soldered connections on P
specified……………………………………………..: printed circuit boards
(ii) Parts supporting
connections in low-power
circuits
30.2.3.1 Parts of non-metallic material supporting P
connections carrying a current exceeding 0,2 A
during normal operation, and
parts of non-metallic material, other than small P
parts, within a distance of 3 mm,
subjected to the glow-wire test of IEC 60695-2-11 (see appended table 30.2) P
with a test severity of 850 °C
Glow-wire applied to an interposed shielding N/A
material, if relevant
The glow-wire test is not carried out on parts of N/A
material classified as having a glow-wire
flammability index according to IEC 60695-2-12
of at least 850 °C
30.2.3.2 Parts of non-metallic material supporting P
connections, and
parts of non-metallic material within a distance of P
3mm,
subjected to glow-wire test of IEC 60695-2-11 P
The test severity is: —
- 750 C, for connections carrying a current P
exceeding 0,2 A during normal operation
- 650 C, for other connections N/A
Glow-wire applied to an interposed shielding P
material, if relevant
However, the glow-wire test of 750 C or 650 C as appropriate, is not carried out —
on parts of material fulfilling both or either of the following classifications:
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- a glow-wire ignition temperature according to N/A

IEC 60695-2-13 of at least:
• 775 C, for connections carrying a N/A
current exceeding 0,2 A during normal
operation
• 675 C, for other connections N/A
- a glow-wire flammability index according to IEC N/A
60695-2-12 of at least:
- 750 C, for connections carrying a current N/A
exceeding 0,2 A during normal operation
- 650 C, for other connections N/A
The glow-wire test is also not carried out on small parts. These parts are to: —
- comprise material having a glow-wire ignition N/A
temperature of at least 775 C or 675 C as
appropriate, or
- comprise material having a glow-wire N/A
flammability index of at least 750 C or 650 C as
appropriate, or
- comply with the needle-flame test of Annex E, N/A
or
- comprise material classified as V-0 or V-1 N/A
according to IEC 60695-11-10
The consequential needle-flame test of Annex E applied to non-metallic parts that —
encroach within the vertical cylinder placed above the centre of the connection
zone and on top of the non-metallic parts supporting current-carrying
connections, and parts of non-metallic material within a distance of 3 mm of such
connections if these parts are those:
- parts that withstood the glow-wire test of IEC P
60695-2-11 of 750 C or 650 C as appropriate,
but produce a flame that persist longer than 2 s,
or
- parts that comprised material having a glow- N/A
wire flammability index of at least 750 C or 650
C as appropriate, or
- small parts, that comprised material having a N/A
glow-wire flammability index of at least 750 C or
650 C as appropriate, or
- small parts for which the needle-flame test of N/A
Annex E was applied, or
- small parts for which a material classification of N/A
V-0 or V-1 was applied
However, the consequential needle-flame test is not carried out on non-metallic —
parts, including small parts, within the cylinder that are:
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- parts having a glow-wire ignition temperature of N/A

at least 775 C or 675 C as appropriate, or
- parts comprising material classified as V-0 or V- N/A
1 according to IEC 60695-11-10, or
- parts shielded by a flame barrier that meets the N/A
needle-flame test of Annex E or that comprises
material classified as V-0 or V-1 according to IEC
60695-11-10
30.2.4 Base material of printed circuit boards subjected P
to the needle-flame test of Annex E
Test not applicable to conditions as specified…...: (see appended table N/A
30.2/30.2.4)
31 RESISTANCE TO RUSTING —
Relevant ferrous parts adequately protected P
against rusting
Salt mist test of IEC 60068-2-52, severity 2 (IEC P
60335-2-40)
Before test, coatings are scratched by means of a P
harden steel pin as specified (IEC
60335-2-40)
Five scratches made at least 5mm apart and at P
least 5mm from the edges (IEC
60335-2-40)
Appliance not deteriorated to such an extent that P
compliance with cl. 8 and cl. 27 is impaired
(IEC 60335-2-40)
Coating not be broken and not loosened from the P
metal surface (IEC 60335-2-40)
32 RADIATION, TOXICITY AND SIMILAR HAZARDS —
Appliance does not emit harmful radiation or P
present a toxic or similar hazard due to their
operation in normal use
Compliance is checked by the limits or tests P
specified in part 2, if relevant
32.101 UV-C irradiance test (IEC 60335-2-40) —
32.101.1 For the occupied space outside the unit, a test be N/A
performed to determine the UV-C spectral
irradiance.)
Emissions from the equipment not exceed a UV- N/A
C spectral irradiance limit of 0,2 µW/cm2
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

32.101.2 For areas inside the unit that are accessible for N/A
anticipated user maintenance and are not
equipped with the interlock required by
Subclause 22.128, there be no UV-C spectral
irradiance greater than 1,7 µW/cm2
UV-C spectral irradiance is measured at any N/A
point of accessibility required for user
maintenance.
When determining user accessibility, N/A
consideration should be given to the actual
degree of exposure that the user would
experience in performing his duties.
Compliance is determined by measuring the UV- N/A
C irradiance per IEC 62471:2006, Clause 5 and
Annex B.
32.101.3 UV-C irradiance is measured at the location in N/A
Table 101
32.101.4 When conducting UV-C irradiance tests: N/A
- the UV-C irradiance measurements are N/A
conducted with a scanning spectroradiometer, or
a narrow band range radiometer;
- all panels and components are positioned or N/A
adjusted in the most severe position
- removable air filters are removed; N/A
- measurements are made at the worst case N/A
location and angle of incidence;
- the minimum specified duct and configuration, N/A
including any duct liners, specified by the
manufacturer be in place and the measurements
taken at the opening at the end of the duct.
A ANNEX A (INFORMATIVE) —
ROUTINE TESTS
Description of routine tests to be carried out by N/A
the manufacturer
B ANNEX B (NORMATIVE) —
APPLIANCES POWERED BY RECHARGEABLE BATTERIES THAT ARE
RECHARGED IN THE APPLIANCE
The following modifications to this standard are N/A
applicable for appliances powered by batteries
that are recharged in the appliance
Three forms of construction covered: —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

a) Appliance supplied directly from the supply N/A

mains or a renewable energy source, the battery
charging circuitry and other supply unit circuitry
incorporated within the appliance
b) The part of the appliance incorporating the N/A
battery is supplied from the supply mains or a
renewable energy source, via a detachable
supply unit. The battery charging circuitry is
incorporated within the part of the appliance
containing the battery
c) The part of the appliance incorporating the N/A
battery is supplied from the supply mains or a
renewable energy source, via a detachable
supply unit. The battery charging circuitry is
incorporated within the detachable supply unit
3.1.9 Appliance operated under the following conditions: —
- the appliance, supplied by its fully charged N/A
battery, operated as specified in relevant part 2
- the battery is charged, the battery being initially N/A
discharged to such an extent that the appliance
cannot operate
-if possible, the appliance is supplied from the N/A
supply mains through its battery charger, the
battery being initially discharged to such an
extent that the appliance cannot operate. The
appliance is operated as specified in relevant part
2
- if the appliance incorporates inductive coupling N/A
between two parts that are detachable from each
other, the appliance is supplied from the supply
mains with the detachable part removed
3.6.2 Part to be removed in order to discard the battery N/A
is not considered to be detachable
5.B.101 Appliances supplied from the supply mains tested N/A
as specified for motor-operated appliances
7.1 Battery compartment for batteries intended to be N/A
replaced by the user, marked with battery voltage
and polarity of the terminals
The positive terminal indicated by symbol IEC N/A
60417-5005 and the negative terminal by symbol
IEC 60417-5006
Appliances intending to be supplied from a N/A
detachable supply unit marked with symbol IEC
60417-6181 and its type reference along with
symbol ISO 7000-0790 (2004-01), or
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

use only with <model designation> supply unit ... N/A

.................................................................... :
7.6 Symbols 60417-5005 and IEC 60417-5006 N/A
7.12 The instructions give information regarding N/A
charging
The instructions for appliances incorporating N/A
batteries intended to be replaced by the user
includes required information
Instructions for appliances containing non user-replaceable batteries state the —
substance of the following:
This appliance contains batteries that are only N/A
replaceable by skilled persons
Instructions for appliances containing non-replaceable batteries shall state the —
substance of the following:
This appliance contains batteries that are non- N/A
replaceable
For appliances intending to be supplied from a detachable supply unit for the —
purposes of recharging the battery, the type reference of the detachable supply
unit is stated along with the following:
WARNING: For the purposes of recharging the N/A
battery, only use the detachable supply unit
provided with this appliance
If the symbol for detachable supply unit is used, N/A
its meaning is explained
7.15 Markings placed on the part of the appliance N/A
connected to the supply mains
The type reference of the detachable supply unit N/A
is placed in close proximity to the symbol
8.2 Appliances having batteries that according to the N/A
instruction may be replaced by the user need
only have basic insulation between live parts and
the inner surface of the battery compartment
If the appliance can be operated without N/A
batteries, double or reinforced insulation required
11.7 The battery is charged for the period stated in the N/A
instructions or 24 h………………………………….:
11.8 Temperature rise of the battery surface does not N/A
exceed the limit in the battery manufacturer’s
specification; measured (K); limit (K)……………..:
If no limit specified, the temperature rise does not N/A
exceed 20 K; measured (K) ……………………….:
19.10 Not applicable N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

19.B.101 Appliances supplied at rated voltage for 168 h, N/A

the battery being continually charged
19.B.102 For appliances having batteries that can be N/A
removed without the aid of a tool, short-circuit of
the terminals of the battery, the battery being fully
charged,
19.B.103 Appliances having batteries replaceable by the N/A
user supplied at rated voltage under normal
operation with the battery removed or in any
position allowed by the construction
19.13 The battery does not rupture or ignite N/A
21.B.101 Appliances having pins for insertion into socket- N/A
outlets have adequate mechanical strength
Part of the appliance incorporating the pins subjected to the free fall test, —
procedure 2, of IEC 60068-2-31, the number of falls being:
- 100, if the mass of the part does not exceed 250 N/A
g (g)…………………………………………………..:
- 50, if the mass of the part exceeds 250 g………: N/A
After the test, the requirements of 8.1, 15.1.1, N/A
16.3 and clause 29 are met
22.3 Appliances having pins for insertion into socket- N/A
outlets tested as fully assembled as possible
25.13 An additional lining or bushing not required for N/A
interconnection cords in class III appliances or
class III constructions operating at safety extra-
low voltage not containing live parts
30.2 For parts of the appliance connected to the N/A
supply mains during the charging period, 30.2.3
applies
For other parts, 30.2.2 applies N/A
C ANNEX C (NORMATIVE) —
AGEING TEST ON MOTORS
Tests, as described, carried out when doubt with N/A
regard to the temperature classification of the
insulation of a motor winding
Test conditions as specified N/A
D ANNEX D (NORMATIVE) —
THERMAL MOTOR PROTECTORS
Applicable to appliances having motors that N/A
incorporate thermal motor protectors necessary
for compliance with the standard
Test conditions as specified N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

E ANNEX E (NORMATIVE) —
NEEDLE-FLAME TEST
Needle-flame test carried out in accordance with IEC 60695-11-5, with the P
following modifications:
7 Severities —
The duration of application of the test flame is P
30 s ± 1 s
9 Test procedure —
9.1 The specimen so arranged that the flame can be P
applied to a vertical or horizontal edge as shown
in the examples of Figure 1
9.2 The first paragraph does not apply P
If possible, the flame is applied at least 10 mm P
from a corner
9.3 The test is carried out on one specimen P
If the specimen does not withstand the test, the N/A
test may be repeated on two additional
specimens, both withstanding the test
11 Evaluation of test results —
The duration of burning not exceeding 30 s P
However, for printed circuit boards, the duration N/A
of burning not exceeding 15 s
F ANNEX F (NORMATIVE) —
CAPACITORS
Capacitors likely to be permanently subjected to the supply voltage, and used for —
radio interference suppression or voltage dividing, comply with the following
clauses of IEC 60384-14, with the following modifications:
1.5 Terms and definitions —
1.5.3 Class X capacitors tested according to subclass N/A
X2
1.5.4 This subclause is applicable N/A
1.6 Marking —
Items a) and b) are applicable N/A
3.4 Approval testing —
3.4.3.2 Table 3 is applicable as described N/A
4.1 Visual examination and check of dimensions —
This subclause is applicable N/A
4.2 Electrical tests —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


4.2.5.2 Only table 11 is applicable N/A
Values for test A apply N/A
However, for capacitors in heating appliances the N/A
values for test B or C apply
4.12 Damp heat, steady state —
Only insulation resistance and voltage proof are N/A
checked
4.13 Impulse voltage —
4.14 Endurance —
Subclauses 4.14.1, 4.14.3, 4.14.4 and 4.14.7 are N/A
applicable
4.14.7 Only insulation resistance and voltage proof are N/A
checked
No visible damage N/A
4.17 Passive flammability test —
4.18 Active flammability test —
G ANNEX G (NORMATIVE) —
SAFETY ISOLATING TRANSFORMERS
The following modifications to this standard are applicable for safety isolating —
transformers:
7 Marking and instructions —
7.1 Transformers for specific use marked with: —
-name, trademark or identification mark of the N/A
manufacturer or responsible vendor
..............................................................................
:
-model or type reference N/A
..............................................................................
:
17 Overload protection of transformers and associated circuits —
Fail-safe transformers comply with subclause N/A
15.5 of IEC 61558-1
22 Construction —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Subclauses 19.1 and 19.1.2 of IEC 61558-2-6 are N/A

applicable
29 Clearances, creepage distances and solid insulation —
29.1, 29.2, The distances specified in items 2a, 2c and 3 in N/A
29.3 table 13 of IEC 61558-1 apply
For insulated winding wires complying with N/A
subclause 19.12.3 of IEC 61558-1 there are no
requirements for clearances or creepage
distances
For windings providing reinforced insulation, the N/A
distance specified in item 2c of table 13 of IEC
61558-1 is not assessed
For safety isolating transformers subjected to N/A
periodic voltages with a frequency exceeding 30
kHz, the clearances, creepage distances and
solid insulation values specified in IEC 60664-4
are applicable, if greater than the values specified
in items 2a, 2c and 3 in table 13 of IEC 61558-1
H ANNEX H (NORMATIVE) —
SWITCHES
Switches comply with the following clauses of IEC 61058-1, as modified below: —
The tests of IEC 61058-1 carried out under the N/A
conditions occurring in the appliance
Before being tested, switches are operated 20 N/A
times without load
8 Marking and documentation —
Switches are not required to be marked N/A
However, a switch that can be tested separately N/A
from the appliance marked with the
manufacturer’s name or trade mark and the type
reference
13 Mechanism —
The tests may be carried out on a separate N/A
sample
15 Insulation resistance and dielectric strength —
15.3 Applicable for full disconnection and micro- N/A
disconnection
17 Endurance —
Compliance is checked on three separate N/A
appliances or switches
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

For 17.2.4.4, the number of cycles declared N/A

according to 7.1.4 is 10 000, unless
otherwise specified in 24.1.3 of the relevant part N/A
2 of IEC 60335
..............................................................................
:
Switches for operation under no load and which N/A
can be operated only by a tool, and
switches operated by hand that are interlocked so N/A
that they cannot be operated under load,
are not subjected to the tests N/A
However, switches without this interlock are N/A
subjected to the test of 17.2.4.4 for 100 cycles of
operation
Subclauses 17.2.2 and 17.2.5.2 not applicable N/A
The ambient temperature during the test is that N/A
occurring in the appliance during the test of
Clause 11 in IEC 60335-1
The temperature rise of the terminals not more N/A
than 30 K above the temperature rise measured
in clause 11 of IEC 60335-1 (K)
..............................................................................
:
20 Clearances, creepage distances, solid insulation and coatings of rigid printed —
board assemblies
Clause 20 is applicable to clearances across full N/A
disconnection and micro-disconnection
It is also applicable to creepage distances for N/A
functional insulation, across full disconnection
and micro-disconnection, as stated in Table 24
I ANNEX I (NORMATIVE) —
MOTORS HAVING BASIC INSULATION THAT IS INADEQUATE FOR THE
RATED VOLTAGE OF THE APPLIANCE
The following modifications to this standard are applicable for motors having —
basic insulation that is inadequate for the rated voltage of the appliance:
8 Protection against access to live parts —
8.1 Metal parts of the motor are considered to be N/A
bare live parts
11 Heating —
11.3 The temperature rise of the body of the motor is N/A
determined instead of the temperature rise of the
windings
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

11.8 The temperature rise of the body of the motor, N/A

where in contact with insulating material, not
exceeding values in table 3 for the relevant
insulating material
16 Leakage current and electric strength —
16.3 Insulation between live parts of the motor and its N/A
other metal parts is not subjected to the test
19 Abnormal operation —
19.1 The tests of 19.7 to 19.9 are not carried out N/A
19.I.101 Appliance operated at rated voltage with each of the following fault conditions: —
- short circuit of the terminals of the motor, N/A
including any capacitor incorporated in the motor
circuit
- short circuit of each diode of the rectifier N/A
- open circuit of the supply to the motor N/A
- open circuit of any parallel resistor, the motor N/A
being in operation
Only one fault simulated at a time, the tests N/A
carried out consecutively
22 Construction —
22.I.101 For class I appliances incorporating a motor N/A
supplied by a rectifier circuit, the d.c. circuit being
insulated from accessible parts of the appliance
by double or reinforced insulation
Compliance checked by the tests specified for N/A
double and reinforced insulation
J ANNEX J (NORMATIVE) —
COATED PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
Testing of protective coatings of printed circuit boards carried out in accordance —
with IEC 60664-3 with the following modifications:
5.7 Conditioning of the test specimens —
When production samples are used, three N/A
samples of the printed circuit board are tested
5.7.1 Cold —
The test is carried out at -25 C N/A
5.7.3 Rapid change of temperature —
Severity 1 is specified N/A
5.9 Additional tests —
This subclause is not applicable N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

K ANNEX K (NORMATIVE) —
OVERVOLTAGE CATEGORIES
The information on overvoltage categories is P
extracted from IEC 60664-1
Overvoltage category is a numeral defining a P
transient overvoltage condition
Equipment of overvoltage category IV is for use N/A
at the origin of the installation
Equipment of overvoltage category III is N/A
equipment in fixed installations and for cases
where the reliability and the availability of the
equipment is subject to special requirements
Equipment of overvoltage category II is energy P
consuming equipment to be supplied from the
fixed installation
If such equipment is subjected to special N/A
requirements with regard to reliability and
availability, overvoltage category III applies
Equipment of overvoltage category I is equipment N/A
for connection to circuits in which measures are
taken to limit transient overvoltages to an
appropriate low level
L ANNEX L (INFORMATIVE) —
GUIDANCE FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF CLEARANCES AND CREEPAGE
DISTANCES
Information for the determination of clearances P
and creepage distances
M ANNEX M (NORMATIVE) —
POLLUTION DEGREE
The information on pollution degrees is extracted P
from IEC 60664-1
Pollution —
The microenvironment determines the effect of P
pollution on the insulation, taking into account the
macroenvironment
Means may be provided to reduce pollution at the P
insulation by effective enclosures or similar
Minimum clearances specified where pollution P
may be present in the microenvironment
Degrees of pollution in the microenvironment —
For evaluating creepage distances, the following degrees of pollution in the P
microenvironment are established:
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- pollution degree 1: no pollution or only dry, non- N/A

conductive pollution occurs. The pollution has no
influence
- pollution degree 2: only non-conductive pollution P
occurs, except that occasionally a temporary
conductivity caused by condensation is to be
expected
- pollution degree 3: conductive pollution occurs P
or dry non-conductive pollution occurs that
becomes conductive due to condensation that is
to be expected
- pollution degree 4: the pollution generates N/A
persistent conductivity caused by conductive dust
or by rain or snow
N ANNEX N (NORMATIVE) —
PROOF TRACKING TEST
The proof tracking test is carried out in accordance with IEC 60112 with the —
following modifications:
7 Test apparatus N/A
7.3 Test solutions N/A
Test solution A is used —
10 Determination of proof tracking index (PTI) N/A
10.1 Procedure —
The proof voltage is 100V, 175V, 400V or 600V N/A
..............................................................................
:
The test is carried out on five specimens N/A
In case of doubt, additional test with proof voltage N/A
reduced by 25V, the number of drops increased
to 100
10.2 Report —
The report states if the PTI value was based on a N/A
test using 100 drops with a test voltage of (PTI-
25) V
O ANNEX O (INFORMATIVE) —
SELECTION AND SEQUENCE OF THE TESTS OF CLAUSE 30
Description of tests for determination of P
resistance to heat and fire
P ANNEX P (INFORMATIVE) —
GUIDANCE FOR THE APPLICATION OF THIS STANDARD TO APPLIANCES
USED IN TROPICAL CLIMATES
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Modifications applicable for class 0 and 01 appliances having a rated voltage —

exceeding 150V, intended to be used in countries having a tropical climate and
that are marked with symbol IEC 60417-6332
Modifications may also be applied to class 1 appliances having a rated voltage —
exceeding 150V, intended to be used in countries having a tropical climate and
that are marked with symbol IEC 60417-6332, if liable to be connected to a
supply mains that excludes the protective earthing conductor
5.7 The ambient temperature for the tests of clauses N/A
11 and 13 is 40 +3/0 C
7.1 The appliance marked with symbol IEC 60417- N/A
6332
7.12 The instructions state that the appliance is to be N/A
supplied through a residual current device (RCD)
having a rated residual operating current not
exceeding 30 mA
The instructions state that the appliance is N/A
considered to be suitable for use in countries
having a warm damp equable climate, but may
also be used in other countries
If symbol IEC 60417-6332 is used, its N/A
meaning is explained
11.8 The values of Table 3 are reduced by 15 K N/A
13.2 The leakage current for class I appliances not N/A
exceeding 0,5 mA
15.3 The value of t is 37 C N/A
16.2 The leakage current for class I appliances not N/A
exceeding 0,5 mA (mA):
19.13 The leakage current test of 16.2 is applied in N/A
addition to the electric strength test of 16.3
Q ANNEX Q (INFORMATIVE) —
SEQUENCE OF TESTS FOR THE EVALUATION OF ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
Description of tests for appliances incorporating electronic circuits —
R ANNEX R (NORMATIVE) —
SOFTWARE EVALUATION
Programmable electronic circuits requiring N/A
software incorporating measures to control the
fault/error conditions specified in table R.1 or R.2
validated in accordance with the requirements of
this annex
R.1 Programmable electronic circuits using software —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


constructed so that the software does not impair
compliance with the requirements of this standard
R.2 Requirements for the architecture —
use measures to control and avoid software-
related faults/errors in safety-related data and
safety-related segments of the software
R.2.1.1 Programmable electronic circuits requiring software incorporating measures to —
control the fault/error conditions specified in table R.2 have one of the following
structures:
- single channel with periodic self-test and N/A
monitoring
- dual channel (homogenous) with comparison N/A
- dual channel (diverse) with comparison N/A
Programmable electronic circuits requiring software incorporating measures to —
control the fault/error conditions specified in table R.1 have one of the following
structures:
- single channel with functional test N/A
- single channel with periodic self-test N/A
- dual channel without comparison N/A
R.2.2 Measures to control faults/errors —
R.2.2.1 When redundant memory with comparison is N/A
provided on two areas of the same component,
the data in one area is stored in a different format
from that in the other area
R.2.2.2 Programmable electronic circuits with functions N/A
requiring software incorporating measures to
control the fault/error conditions specified in table
R.2 and that use dual channel structures with
comparison, have additional fault/error detection
means for any fault/errors not detected by the
comparison
R.2.2.3 For programmable electronic circuits with N/A
functions requiring software incorporating
measures to control the fault/error conditions
specified in table R.1 or R.2, means are provided
for the recognition and control of errors in
transmissions to external safety-related data
paths
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


specified in table R.1 or R.2, the programmable
electronic circuits incorporate measures to
address the fault/errors in safety-related
segments and data indicated in table R.1 and R.2
as appropriate
specified in table R.1 or R.2, detection of a
fault/error occur before compliance with clause
19 and 24.102.1 is impaired
R.2.2.6 The software is referenced to relevant parts of N/A
the operating sequence and the associated
hardware functions
R.2.2.7 Labels used for memory locations are unique N/A
R.2.2.8 The software is protected from user alteration of N/A
safety-related segments and data
R.2.2.9 Software and safety-related hardware under its N/A
control is initialized and terminates before
compliance with clause 19 and 24.102.1 is
impaired
R.3 Measures to avoid errors —
R.3.1 General —
For programmable electronic circuits with functions requiring software —
incorporating measures to control the fault/error conditions specified in table R.1
or R.2, the following measures to avoid systematic fault in the software are
applied
Software that incorporates measures used to N/A
control the fault/error conditions specified in table
R.2 is inherently acceptable for software required
to control the fault/error conditions specified in
table R.1
R.3.2 Specification —
R.3.2.1 Software safety requirements: Software Id: N/A
The specification of the software safety N/A
requirements includes the descriptions listed
R.3.2.2 Software architecture —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

R.3.2.2.1 The specification of the software architecture Document ref. No: N/A
includes the aspects listed
- techniques and measures to control software
faults/errors (refer to R.2.2);
- interactions between hardware and software;
- partitioning into modules and their allocation to
the specified safety functions;
- hierarchy and call structure of the modules
(control flow);
- interrupt handling;
- data flow and restrictions on data access;
- architecture and storage of data;
- time-based dependencies of sequences and
data
R.3.2.2.2 The architecture specification is validated against N/A
the specification of the software safety
requirements by static analysis
R.3.2.3 Module design and coding —
R.3.2.3.1 Based on the architecture design, software is N/A
suitably refined into modules
Software module design and coding is N/A
implemented in a way that is traceable to the
software architecture and requirements
R.3.2.3.2 Software code is structured —
R.3.2.3.3 Coded software is validated against the module N/A
specification by static analysis
The module specification is validated against the N/A
architecture specification by static analysis
R.3.3.3 Software validation —
The software is validated with reference to the N/A
requirements of the software safety requirements
specification
Compliance is checked by simulation of: —
- input signals present during normal operation N/A
- anticipated occurrences N/A
- undesired conditions requiring system action N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

TABLE R.1 e – GENERAL FAULT/ERROR CONDITIONS

Component a Fault/error Acceptable measures b, c Definitions Document Document Ver-
reference reference dict
for applied for applied
measure test
1 CPU Stuck at Functional test, or H.2.16.5 -- -- N/A
1.1 periodic self-test using either: H.2.16.6
Registers - static memory test, or H.2.19.6
- word protection with H.2.19.8.2
single bit redundancy
1.2 VOID -- -- -- -- -- N/A
1.3 Stuck at Functional test, or H.2.16.5 -- -- N/A
Programme Periodic self-test, or H.2.16.6
counter
Independent time-slot H.2.18.10.4
monitoring, or
Logical monitoring of the H.2.18.10.2
programme sequence
2 No Functional test, or H.2.16.5 -- -- N/A
Interrupt interrupt or time-slot monitoring H.2.18.10.4
handling and too
execution frequent
interrupt
3 Wrong Frequency monitoring, or H.2.18.10.1 -- -- N/A
Clock frequency time slot monitoring H.2.18.10.4
(for quartz
synchroniz
ed clock:
harmonics/
sub-
harmonics
only)
4. Memory All single Periodic modified checksum, or -- -- N/A
4.1 bit faults multiple checksum, or H.2.19.3.1
Invariable word protection with single bit H.2.19.3.2
memory redundancy H.2.19.8.2
4.2 DC fault Periodic static memory test, or H.2.19.6 -- -- N/A
Variable memory word protection with single bit H.2.19.8.2
redundancy
4.3 Stuck at Word protection with single bit H.2.19.8.2 -- -- N/A

Addressing redundancy including the
(relevant to address
variable and
invariable
memory)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

5 Stuck at Word protection with single bit H.2.19.8.2 -- -- N/A

Internal data redundancy
path
5.1 VOID -- -- -- -- -- N/A
5.2 Wrong Word protection with single bit H.2.19.8.2 -- -- N/A
Addressing address redundancy including the
address
6 Hamming Word protection with multi-bit H.2.19.8.1 -- -- N/A
External distance 3 redundancy, or
communication CRC – single work, or H.2.19.4.1
Transfer redundancy, or H.2.18.2.2
Protocol test H.2.18.14
6.1 VOID -- -- -- -- -- N/A
6.2 VOID -- -- -- -- -- N/A
6.3 Wrong Time-slot monitoring, or H.2.18.10.4 -- -- N/A
Timing point in scheduled transmission H.2.18.18
time
Time-slot and logical H.2.18.10.3
monitoring, or
comparison of redundant
communication channels by
either:
- reciprocal comparison H.2.18.15
- independent hardware H.2.18.3
comparator
Wrong Logical monitoring, or H.2.18.10.2
sequence time-slot monitoring, or H.2.18.10.4
Scheduled transmission H.2.18.18
7 Fault Plausibility check H.2.18.13 -- -- N/A
Input/output conditions
periphery specified in
19.11.2
7.1 VOID -- -- -- -- -- N/A
7.2 -- -- N/A
Analog I/O
7.2.1 Fault Plausibility check H.2.18.13
A/D and D/A- conditions
converter specified in
19.11.2
7.2.2 Wrong Plausibility check H.2.18.13 -- -- N/A
Analog addressing
multiplexer
8 VOID -- -- -- -- -- N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

9 Any output Periodic self-test H.2.16.6 -- -- N/A

Custom chips d outside the
e.g. ASIC, GAL, static and
gate array dynamic
functional
specificatio
n
NOTE A Stuck-at fault model denotes a fault model representing an open circuit or a non-varying signal level.
A DC fault model denotes a stuck-at fault model incorporating short circuit between signal lines.
a) For fault/error assessment, some components are divided into their sub-functions.
b) For each sub-function in the table, the Table R.2 measure will cover the software fault/error.
c) Where more than one measure is given for a sub-function, these are alternatives.
d) To be divided as necessary by the manufacturer into sub-functions.
e) Table R.1 is applied according to the requirements of R.1 to R.2.2.9 inclusive.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

S ANNEX S (NORMATIVE) —
BATTERY OPERATED APPLIANCES POWERED BY BATTERIES THAT ARE
NON-RECHARGEABLE OR NOT RECHARGED IN THE APPLIANCE
The following modifications to this standard are N/A
applicable for battery-operated appliances where
the batteries are either non-rechargeable (primary
batteries), or
rechargeable batteries (secondary batteries) that N/A
are not recharged in the appliance
5.8.1 If the supply terminals for the connection of the N/A
battery have no indication of polarity, the more
unfavourable polarity is applied
5.S.101 Appliances intended for use with a battery box are N/A
tested with the battery box supplied with the
appliance or with the battery box recommended in
the instructions
5.S.102 Appliances are tested as motor-operated N/A
appliances.
7.1 Appliances marked with the battery voltage (V) and N/A
the polarity of the terminals, unless ............ ......... :
the polarity is irrelevant N/A
Appliances also marked with: —
– name, trade mark or identification mark of the N/A
manufacturer or responsible vendor ........... ......... :
– model or type reference ........................... ......... : N/A
– IP number according to degree of protection N/A
against ingress of water, other than IPX0 ... ......... :
– type reference of battery or batteries ....... ......... : N/A
If relevant, the positive terminal is indicated by the N/A
symbol IEC 60417-5005 and the negative terminal
by the symbol IEC 60417-5006
If appliances use more than one battery, they are N/A
marked to indicate correct polarity connection of the
batteries
7.6 Additional symbols N/A
7.12 The instructions contain the following, as applicable: —
– the types of batteries that may be used ... ......... : N/A
– how to remove and insert the batteries N/A
– non-rechargeable batteries are not to be N/A
recharged
– rechargeable batteries are to be removed from N/A
the appliance before being charged
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

– different types of batteries or new and used N/A

batteries are not to be mixed
– batteries are to be inserted with the correct N/A
polarity
– exhausted batteries are to be removed from the N/A
appliance and safely disposed of
– if the appliance is to be stored unused for a long N/A
period, the batteries are removed
– the supply terminals are not to be short-circuited N/A
11.5 Appliances are supplied with the most unfavourable supply voltage between —
– 0,55 and 1,0 times the battery voltage, if the N/A
appliance can be used with non-rechargeable
batteries
– 0,75 and 1,0 times battery voltage, if the N/A
appliance is designed for use with rechargeable
batteries only
The values specified in Table S.101 for the internal N/A
resistance per cell of the battery is taken into
account
19.1 The tests are carried out with the battery fully N/A
charged unless otherwise specified
19.13 The battery does not rupture or ignite N/A
19.S.101 Appliances are supplied with the voltage specified N/A
in 11.5. The supply terminals having an indication
of polarity are connected to the opposite polarity,
unless
such a connection is unlikely to occur due to the N/A
construction of the appliance
19.S.102 For appliances with provision for multiple batteries, N/A
one or more of the batteries are reversed and the
appliance is operated, if reversal of batteries is
allowed by the construction
25.5 The flexible leads or flexible cord used to connect N/A
an external battery or battery box in is connected to
the appliance by a type X attachment
25.13 This requirement is not applicable to the flexible N/A
leads or flexible cord connecting external batteries
or a battery box with an appliance
25.S.101 Appliances have suitable means for connection of N/A
the battery. If the type of battery is marked on the
appliance, the means of connection is suitable for
this type of battery
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

26.5 Terminal devices in an appliance for the connection N/A

of the flexible leads or flexible cord connecting an
external battery or battery box are so located or
shielded that there is no risk of accidental
connection between supply terminals
30.2.3.2 There is no battery in the area of the vertical N/A
cylinder used for the consequential needle flame
test, unless
the battery is shielded by a barrier that meets the N/A
needle flame test of Annex E, or
that comprises material classified as V-0 or V-1 N/A
according to IEC 60695-11-10
T ANNEX T (NORMATIVE) —
UV-C RADIATION EFFECT ON NON-METALLIC MATERIALS
Requirements for non-metallic materials subject to N/A
direct or reflected UV-C radiation exposure and
whose mechanical and electrical properties are
relied upon for compliance with the
Does not apply to glass, ceramic and similar N/A
materials
Tested as specified in ISO 4892-1 and ISO 4892-2, with the following modifications: —
Modifications to ISO 4892-1: —
5.1.6 The UV-C emitter is a low pressure mercury lamp N/A
with a quartz envelope having a continuous
spectral irradiance of 10 W/m2 at 254 nm
Subclause 5.1.6.1 and Table 1 are not applicable N/A

5.2.4 The black-panel temperature shall be 63 °C +/- N/A
3 °C
5.3.1 Humidification of the chamber air is specified in part N/A
2 when necessary
9 This clause is not applicable N/A
Modifications to ISO 4892-2: —
7.1 At least three test specimens are tested N/A
Ten samples of internal wiring is tested N/A

7.2 The specimens are attached to the specimen N/A
holders such that they are not subject to any stress
7.3 Apparatus prepared as specified N/A
The test specimens and, if used, the irradiance- N/A

measuring instrument are exposed for 1 000 h
7.4 If used, a radiometer is mounted and calibrated N/A
such that it measures the irradiance at the exposed
surface of the test specimen
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

7.5 Material properties and test methods for parts N/A

providing mechanical support or impact resistance
as specified in Table T.1
Material properties and test method for electrical N/A
insulation of internal wiring as specified in Table T.2
8 This clause is not applicable N/A
AA ANNEX AA (INFORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —
EXAMPLES FOR OPERATING TEMPERATUES OF THE APPLIANCE
Table AA.1 P
Examples for operating temperatures of the
appliance
BB ANNEX BB (NORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —
SELECTED INFORMATION ABOUT REFRIGERANTS
Table BB.1 P
Refrigerant designation
CC ANNEX CC(INFORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —
TRANSPORTATION, MARKING AND STORAGE FOR UNITS THAT EMPLOY
FLAMMABLE REFRIGERANTS
DD ANNEX DD (NORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —
SERVICE OPERATIONS
DD.1 General —
Each service manual shall include requirements of = P
clauses according to Table DD.1. Different manuals
can be combined into one manual.
DD.2 Symbols —
The symbols referred to in 7.6 (without colours is P
permitted) and the information of the warning
marking shall be provided as follows:
WARNING P
Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting
process or to clean, other than those recommended
by the manufacturer.
The appliance shall be stored in a room without P
continuously operating ignition sources (for
example: open flames, an operating gas appliance
or an operating electric heater.
Do not pierce or burn. P
Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an P
odour.
The manufacturer may provide other suitable P
examples or may provide additional information
about the refrigerant odour.
DD.3 Information in manual —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

DD.3.1 General —
The following information shall be specified in the P
manual where the information is needed for the
function of the manual and as applicable to the
appliance:
- information for spaces where refrigerant pipes are Refrigerant piping work is not N/A
allowed, including statements required
that the installation of pipe-work shall be kept to a Refrigerant piping work is not N/A
minimum; required
that pipe-work shall be protected from physical - Refrigerant piping work is not N/A
damage and, in the case of flammable refrigerants, required
shall not be installed in an unventilated space, if - The refrigerant cycle is
that space is smaller than Amin in Annex GG, completed inside the outdoor
except for A2L refrigerants where the installed unit
pipes comply with 22.116. In case of field charge,
the effect on refrigerant charge caused by the
different pipe length has to be quantified;
that compliance with national gas regulations shall P
be observed;
that mechanical connections made in accordance N/A
with 22.118 shall be accessible for maintenance
purposes;
that, for appliances containing flammable The refrigerant cycle is N/A
refrigerants, the minimum floor area of the room completed inside the outdoor
shall be mentioned in the form of a table or a single unit
figure without reference to a formula;
- the maximum refrigerant charge (mmax); No additional charge required N/A
- instructions how to determine the additional No additional charge required N/A
refrigerant charge and how to complete the
refrigerant charge on the label provided by the
manufacturer considering the requirements in
7.107;
- the minimum rated airflow, if required by Annex N/A
GG;
- information for handling, installation, cleaning, P
servicing and disposal of refrigerant;
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

-for appliances using flammable refrigerants, The refrigerant cycle is N/A

instructions shall include the minimum installed completed inside the outdoor
height hinst (when required to calculate Amin), unit
refrigerant charge mc and minimum room area of
the space Amin or a minimum room area of
conditioned space TAmin where applicable.
Additional minimum room area data may be
provided based on other installed heights and/or
charge levels.
- detailed instructions on how to install the N/A
appliance to ensure that the release height h0 as
determined in Clause GG.2 of the installed
appliance is not lower than h0 used for the
calculation of Amin;
- a warning to keep any required ventilation P
openings clear of obstruction;
- a notice that servicing shall be performed only as P
recommended by the manufacturer;
- a warning that ducts connected to an appliance N/A
shall not contain a potential ignition source;
- instructions for wiring to external zoning dampers N/A
and/or mechanical ventilation, if required to comply
with Clause GG.9, to ensure that upon detection of
a leak, the zoning dampers are driven fully open
and additional mechanical ventilation is activated;
- for appliances relying on safety measures N/A
according to GG.8.3 instructions for wiring to
external ventilation;
- when a remote located refrigerant sensor is N/A
specified by the manufacturer, the instructions shall
state when it is required and how to install and
connect the sensor;
- for appliances using A2L refrigerants, connected N/A
via an air duct system to one or more rooms, the
supply and return air shall be directly ducted to the
space. Open areas such as false ceilings shall not
be used as a return air duct;
- the following information requirements apply for N/A
enhanced tightness refrigerating systems using
A2L refrigerants:
Equipment piping in the occupied space shall be P
installed in such a way to protect against accidental
damage in operation and service.
Precautions shall be taken to avoid excessive N/A
vibration or pulsation to refrigerating piping.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Protection devices, piping and fittings shall be P

protected as far as possible against adverse
environmental effects, for example, the danger of
water collecting and freezing in relief pipes or the
accumulation of dirt and debris.
Provision shall be made for expansion and P
contraction of long runs of piping.
Piping in refrigerating systems shall be so designed P
and installed to minimize the likelihood hydraulic
shock damaging the system.
Solenoid valves shall be correctly positioned in the P
piping to avoid hydraulic shock.
Solenoid valves shall not block in liquid refrigerant P
unless adequate relief is provided to the refrigerant
system low pressure side.
Steel pipes and components shall be protected N/A
against corrosion with a rustproof coating before
applying any insulation.
Flexible pipe elements shall be protected against N/A
mechanical damage, excessive stress by torsion, or
other forces. They should be checked for
mechanical damage annually.
The indoor equipment and pipes shall be securely N/A
mounted and guarded such that accidental rupture
of equipment cannot occur from such events as
moving furniture or reconstruction activities.
Where safety shut off valves are specified, the N/A
minimum room area may be determined based on
the maximum amount of refrigerant that can be
leaked as determined in GG.12.2.
Where safety shut off valves are specified, the N/A
location of the valve in the refrigerating system
relative to the occupied spaces shall be as
described in GG.12.1.
Field-made refrigerant joints indoors shall be N/A
tightness tested. The test method shall have a
sensitivity of 5 grams per year of refrigerant or
better under a pressure of at least 0,25 times the
maximum allowable pressure. No leak shall be
detected.
- For mechanical ventilation as specified in GG.8.3, N/A
the air extraction opening from the room shall be
located equal or below the refrigerant release point.
For floor mounted units, it shall be as low as
practicable. The air extraction openings shall be
located in a sufficient distance from the air intake
openings to prevent re-circulation to the space.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

DD.3.2 Unventilated areas —

For appliances containing more than m1 for any P
refrigerating circuit, the manual shall include a
statement advising that an unventilated area where
the appliance using flammable refrigerants is
installed shall be so constructed that should any
refrigerant leak, it will not stagnate so as to create a
fire or explosion hazard. This shall include:
- a warning that the non-fixed appliance shall be N/A
stored in an well-ventilated area where the room
size corresponds to the room area as specified for
operation;
- a warning that the non-fixed appliance shall be N/A
stored in a room without continuously operating
open flames (for example an operating gas
appliance) and or other potential ignition sources
(for example an operating electric heater, hot
surfaces);
- a warning that if appliances with A2L refrigerants N/A
connected via an air duct system to one or more
rooms are installed in a room with an area less than
Amin as determined in Clause GG.2, that room
shall be without continuously operating open flames
(for example an operating gas appliance) or other
potential ignition sources (for example an operating
electric heater, hot surfaces). A flame-producing
device may be installed in the same space if the
device is provided with an effective flame arrest;
- for appliances using A2L refrigerants connected N/A
via an air duct system to one or more rooms, a
warning with the substance of the following:
“Auxiliary devices which may be a potential ignition
source shall not be installed in the duct work.
Examples of such potential ignition sources are hot
surfaces with a temperature exceeding X°C and
electric switching devices”;
- for appliances using A2L refrigerants connected N/A
via an air duct system to one or more rooms, a
warning that only auxiliary devices approved by the
appliance manufacturer or declared suitable with
the refrigerant shall be installed in connecting
ductwork. The manufacturer can list in the
instructions all approved auxiliary devices by the
manufacturer and model number for use with the
specific appliance, if those devices have a potential
to become an ignition source.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The manufacturer should specify other potential P

continuously operating sources known to cause
ignition of the refrigerant used.
DD.3.3 Qualification of workers —
The manual shall contain specific information about P
the required qualification of the working personnel
for maintenance, service and repair operations.
Every working procedure that affects safety means
shall only be carried out by competent persons
according to Annex HH.
Examples for such working procedures are: P
breaking into the refrigerating circuit; P
opening of sealed components; P
opening of ventilated enclosures. P
DD.4 Information on servicing —
DD.4.1 General —
The manual shall contain specific information for P
service personnel according to DD.4.2 to DD.4.10.
DD.4.2 Checks to the area —
Prior to beginning work on systems containing P
flammable refrigerants, safety checks are
necessary to ensure that the risk of ignition is
minimised. For repair to the refrigerating system,
DD.4.3 to DD.4.7 shall be completed prior to
conducting work on the system.
DD.4.3 Work procedure —
Work shall be undertaken under a controlled P
procedure so as to minimise the risk of a flammable
gas or vapour being present while the work is being
performed.
DD.4.4 General work area —
All maintenance staff and others working in the P
local area shall be instructed on the nature of work
being carried out. Work in confined spaces shall be
avoided.
DD.4.5 Checking for presence of refrigerant —
The area shall be checked with an appropriate P
refrigerant detector prior to and during work, to
ensure the technician is aware of potentially toxic or
flammable atmospheres. Ensure that the leak
detection equipment being used is suitable for use
with all applicable refrigerants, i.e. non-sparking,
adequately sealed or intrinsically safe.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

DD.4.6 Presence of fire extinguisher —

If any hot work is to be conducted on the P
refrigerating equipment or any associated parts,
appropriate fire extinguishing equipment shall be
available to hand. Have a dry powder or CO2 fire
extinguisher adjacent to the charging area.
DD.4.7 No ignition sources —
No person carrying out work in relation to a P
refrigerating system which involves exposing any
pipe work shall use any sources of ignition in such
a manner that it may lead to the risk of fire or
explosion.
All possible ignition sources, including cigarette P
smoking, should be kept sufficiently far away from
the site of installation, repairing, removing and
disposal, during which refrigerant can possibly be
released to the surrounding space.
Prior to work taking place, the area around the P
equipment is to be surveyed to make sure that
there are no flammable hazards or ignition risks.
“No Smoking” signs shall be displayed.
DD.4.8 Ventilated area —
Ensure that the area is in the open or that it is P
adequately ventilated before breaking into the
system or conducting any hot work.
A degree of ventilation shall continue during the P
period that the work is carried out.
The ventilation should safely disperse any released P
refrigerant and preferably expel it externally into the
atmosphere.
DD.4.9 Checks to the refrigerating equipment —
Where electrical components are being changed, P
they shall be fit for the purpose and to the correct
specification.
At all times the manufacturer’s maintenance and P
service guidelines shall be followed. If in doubt,
consult the manufacturer’s technical department for
assistance.
DD.4.10 Checks to electrical devices —
Repair and maintenance to electrical components P
shall include initial safety checks and component
inspection procedures.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

If a fault exists that could compromise safety, then P

no electrical supply shall be connected to the circuit
until it is satisfactorily dealt with. If the fault cannot
be corrected immediately but it is necessary to
continue operation, an adequate temporary solution
shall be used. This shall be reported to the owner
of the equipment so all parties are advised.
Initial safety checks shall include: P
that capacitors are discharged: this shall be done in P
a safe manner to avoid possibility of sparking;
that no live electrical components and wiring are P
exposed while charging, recovering or purging the
system;
that there is continuity of earth bonding. P
DD.5 Repairs to sealed components —
DD.5.1 During repairs to sealed components, all electrical P
supplies shall be disconnected from the equipment
being worked upon prior to any removal of sealed
covers, etc. If it is absolutely necessary to have an
electrical supply to equipment during servicing,
then a permanently operating form of leak detection
shall be located at the most critical point to warn of
a potentially hazardous situation.
DD.5.2 Particular attention shall be paid to the following to P
ensure that by working on electrical components,
the casing is not altered in such a way that the level
of protection is affected. This shall include damage
to cables, excessive number of connections,
terminals not made to original specification,
damage to seals, incorrect fitting of glands, etc.
Ensure that seals or sealing materials have not P
degraded to the point that they no longer serve the
purpose of preventing the ingress of flammable
atmospheres.
Replacement parts shall be in accordance with the P
manufacturer’s specifications.
DD.6 Repair to intrinsically safe components —
Do not apply any permanent inductive or P
capacitance loads to the circuit without ensuring
that this will not exceed the permissible voltage and
current permitted for the equipment in use.
Intrinsically safe components are the only types P
that can be worked on while live in the presence of
a flammable atmosphere. The test apparatus shall
be at the correct rating.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Replace components only with parts specified by P

the manufacturer. Other parts may result in the
ignition of refrigerant in the atmosphere from a leak.
DD.7 Cabling —
Check that cabling will not be subject to wear, P
corrosion, excessive pressure, vibration, sharp
edges or any other adverse environmental effects.
The check shall also take into account the effects of P
aging or continual vibration from sources such as
compressors or fans.
DD.8 Detection of flammable refrigerants —
Under no circumstances shall potential sources of P
ignition be used in the searching for or detection of
refrigerant leaks. A halide torch (or any other
detector using a naked flame) shall not be used.
Electronic leak detectors may be used to detect P
refrigerant leaks but, in the case of flammable
refrigerants, the sensitivity may not be adequate, or
may need re-calibration.
Ensure that the detector is not a potential source of P
ignition and is suitable for the refrigerant used.
Leak detection equipment shall be set at a
percentage of the LFL of the refrigerant and shall
be calibrated to the refrigerant employed, and the
appropriate percentage of gas (25 % maximum) is
confirmed.
Leak detection fluids are also suitable for use with P
most refrigerants but the use of detergents
containing chlorine shall be avoided as the chlorine
may react with the refrigerant and corrode the
copper pipe-work.
If a leak is suspected, all naked flames shall be P
removed/extinguished.
If a leakage of refrigerant is found which requires P
brazing, all of the refrigerant shall be recovered
from the system, or isolated (by means of shut off
valves) in a part of the system remote from the
leak.
DD.9 Removal and evacuation —
When breaking into the refrigerant circuit to make P
repairs – or for any other purpose – conventional
procedures shall be used.
However, for flammable refrigerants it is important P
that best practice is followed since flammability is a
consideration.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The following procedure shall be adhered to: P

remove refrigerant; P
purge the circuit with inert gas P
evacuate P
purge with inert gas P
open the circuit by cutting or brazing. P
The refrigerant charge shall be recovered into the P
correct recovery cylinders.
For appliances containing flammable refrigerants P
other than A2L refrigerants, the system shall be
purged with oxygen-free nitrogen to render the
appliance safe for flammable refrigerants
This process may need to be repeated several P
times. Compressed air or oxygen shall not be used
for purging refrigerant systems.
For appliances containing flammable refrigerants, P
other than A2L refrigerants, refrigerants purging
shall be achieved by breaking the vacuum in the
system with oxygen-free nitrogen and continuing to
fill until the working pressure is achieved, then
venting to atmosphere, and finally pulling down to a
vacuum.
This process shall be repeated until no refrigerant P
is within the system.
When the final oxygen-free nitrogen charge is used, P
the system shall be vented down to atmospheric
pressure to enable work to take place.
Ensure that the outlet for the vacuum pump is not P
close to any potential ignition sources and that
ventilation is available.
DD.10 Charging procedures —
In addition to conventional charging procedures, P
the following requirements shall be followed.
Ensure that contamination of different refrigerants P
does not occur when using charging equipment.
Hoses or lines shall be as short as possible to
minimise the amount of refrigerant contained in
them.
Cylinders shall be kept in an appropriate position P
according to the instructions.
Ensure that the refrigerating system is earthed prior P
to charging the system with refrigerant.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Label the system when charging is complete (if not P

already).
Extreme care shall be taken not to overfill the P
refrigerating system.
Prior to recharging the system, it shall be pressure- P
tested with the appropriate purging gas.
The system shall be leak-tested on completion of P
charging but prior to commissioning. A follow up
leak test shall be carried out prior to leaving the
site.
DD.11 Decommissioning —
Before carrying out this procedure, it is essential P
that the technician is completely familiar with the
equipment and all its detail.
It is recommended good practice that all P
refrigerants are recovered safely. Prior to the task
being carried out, an oil and refrigerant sample
shall be taken in case analysis is required prior to
re-use of recovered refrigerant. It is essential that
electrical power is available before the task is
commenced.
a) Become familiar with the equipment and its P
operation.
b) Isolate system electrically. P
c) Before attempting the procedure, ensure that: P
mechanical handling equipment is available, if P
required, for handling refrigerant cylinders;
all personal protective equipment is available and P
being used correctly;
the recovery process is supervised at all times by a P
competent person;
recovery equipment and cylinders conform to the P
appropriate standards.
d) Pump down refrigerant system, if possible. No pump down required N/A
e) If a vacuum is not possible, make a manifold so P
that refrigerant can be removed from various parts
of the system.
f) Make sure that cylinder is situated on the scales P
before recovery takes place.
g) Start the recovery machine and operate in P
accordance with instructions.
h) Do not overfill cylinders (no more than 80 % P
volume liquid charge).
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

i) Do not exceed the maximum working pressure of P

the cylinder, even temporarily.
j) When the cylinders have been filled correctly and P
the process completed, make sure that the
cylinders and the equipment are removed from site
promptly and all isolation valves on the equipment
are closed off.
k) Recovered refrigerant shall not be charged into P
another refrigerating system unless it has been
cleaned and checked.
DD.12 Labelling —
Equipment shall be labelled stating that it has been P
de-commissioned and emptied of refrigerant.
The label shall be dated and signed. P
For appliances containing flammable refrigerants, P
ensure that there are labels on the equipment
stating the equipment contains flammable
refrigerant.
DD.13 Recovery —
When removing refrigerant from a system, either for P
servicing or decommissioning, it is recommended
good practice that all refrigerants are removed
safely.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

When transferring refrigerant into cylinders, ensure P

that only appropriate refrigerant recovery cylinders
are employed. Ensure that the correct number of
cylinders for holding the total system charge is
available. All cylinders to be used are designated
for the recovered refrigerant and labelled for that
refrigerant (i.e. special cylinders for the recovery of
refrigerant). Cylinders shall be complete with
pressure-relief valve and associated shut-off valves
in good working order. Empty recovery cylinders
are evacuated and, if possible, cooled before
recovery occurs.
The recovery equipment shall be in good working P
order with a set of instructions concerning the
equipment that is at hand and shall be suitable for
the recovery of all appropriate refrigerants
including, when applicable, flammable refrigerants.
In addition, a set of calibrated weighing scales shall
be available and in good working order. Hoses shall
be complete with leak-free disconnect couplings
and in good condition. Before using the recovery
machine, check that it is in satisfactory working
order, has been properly maintained and that any
associated electrical components are sealed to
prevent ignition in the event of a refrigerant release.
Consult manufacturer if in doubt.
The recovered refrigerant shall be returned to the P
refrigerant supplier in the correct recovery cylinder,
and the relevant waste transfer note arranged. Do
not mix refrigerants in recovery units and especially
not in cylinders.
If compressors or compressor oils are to be P
removed, ensure that they have been evacuated to
an acceptable level to make certain that flammable
refrigerant does not remain within the lubricant. The
evacuation process shall be carried out prior to
returning the compressor to the suppliers. Only
electric heating to the compressor body shall be
employed to accelerate this process. When oil is
drained from a system, it shall be carried out safely.
EE ANNEX EE (NORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —
PRESSURE TESTS
EE.1 General —
All refrigerating system parts shall withstand the P
maximum allowable pressure expected in normal
operation, abnormal operation, and standstill.
compressor tested for compliance with IEC 60335- P
2-34 need not be additionally tested.
EE.2 Pressure test value determined under testing carried out in Clause 11 —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

A refrigerating system component that is exposed P

to pressure shall be subjected to measurement of
the maximum allowable pressure developed in the
refrigerating system when tested under the
conditions specified in Clause 11.
The pressure test value shall be at least three times P
the maximum allowable pressure developed during
operation under Clause 11.
EE.3 Pressure test value determined under testing carried out in Clause 19 —
A refrigerating system component that is exposed P
to pressure shall be subjected to measurement of
the maximum allowable pressure developed in the
refrigerating system when tested under the
conditions specified in Clause 19.
The pressure test value shall be at least three times P
abnormal operation (see Clause 19).
EE.4 Pressure test value determined under testing carried out under standstill —
conditions
EE.4.1 In order to determine the standstill pressure, the N/A
appliance shall be soaked in the highest operating
temperature specified by the manufacturer for 1 h
with power off.
A refrigerating system component that is exposed N/A
only to low side pressure shall be subjected to
measurement of the maximum allowable pressure
developed in the refrigerating system under the
condition of standstill.
The pressure test value shall be at least three times N/A
standstill.
Pressure gauges and control mechanisms need not N/A
be subjected to the test, provided the parts meet
the requirements of the component.
EE.4.2 The pressure test shall be carried out on three N/A
samples of each component. The test samples are
filled with a liquid, such as water, to exclude air and
are connected in a hydraulic pump system. The
pressure is raised gradually until the required test
pressure is reached. The pressure is maintained for
at least 1 min, during which time the sample shall
not leak.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Where gaskets are employed for sealing parts N/A

under pressure, leakage at gaskets is acceptable,
provided the leakage only occurs at a value greater
than 120 % of the maximum allowable pressure
and the test pressure is still reached for the
specified time. Additional sealing measures, such
as an “O” ring, for pressure testing may be
provided.
EE.5 Fatigue test option for Clause EE.1 and EE.4.2 —
EE.5.1 The components shall be subjected to a test at 66,7 N/A
% of the test pressure determined by Clauses
EE.2, EE.3 or EE.4, provided the components
comply with the fatigue test in Clause EE.5. This
test is conducted on a separate sample.
EE.5.2 Three samples of each refrigerant-containing part N/A
shall be tested at the cyclic pressure values
specified in EE.5.7 and EE.5.8 for the number of
cycles specified in EE.5.6, as described in EE.5.4.
EE.5.3 The samples shall be considered to comply with N/A
EE.5.5 on completion of the test and if they do not
rupture, burst, or leak.
EE.5.4 The test samples shall be filled with fluid, and shall N/A
be connected to a pressure driving source. The
pressure shall be raised and lowered between the
upper and lower cyclic values at a rate specified by
the manufacturer. The pressure shall reach the
specified upper and lower values during each cycle.
The shape of the pressure cycle shall be such that
the upper and lower pressure values shall be
maintained for at least 0,1 s.
the operating temperatures of the appliance under N/A
the conditions of steady state operation of Clause
11 are less than or equal to 125 °C for copper or
aluminium, or 200 °C for steel, the test temperature
of the component part or assembly shall be at least
20 °C.
If the continuous operating temperature of the N/A
component exceeds 125 °C for copper or
aluminium, or 200 °C for steel, the test temperature
of the parts or assemblies that are at these
temperatures, and subjected to the pressure, shall
be at least 25 °C greater than the temperature of
the part measured during the test of Clause 11 for
copper or aluminium and 60 °C higher for steel.
For other materials, the effects of temperature on N/A
the material fatigue characteristics shall be
evaluated by conducting the test at the higher
temperatures and considering the material
characteristics at the higher temperatures.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

EE.5.5 The pressure for the first cycle shall be the N/A
maximum evaporating pressure for low-pressure
side components or the maximum condensing
pressure for the high-pressure side components.
EE.5.6 The total number of cycles shall be 250 000. The N/A
test pressures shall be determined by EE.5.7
(except the first and last cycles as noted in EE.5.5
and EE.5.8).
EE.5.7 The pressure for the test cycles shall be as follows: N/A
a) For components subject to high side pressures, N/A
the upper pressure value shall not be less than the
saturated vapour pressure of the refrigerant at 50
°C and the lower pressure value shall not be
greater than the saturated vapour pressure of the
refrigerant at 5 °C. For hot water heat pumps, the
upper pressure shall not be less than 80 % of the
maximum allowable pressure under the conditions
of Clause 11.
b) For components subjected to only low side N/A
pressures, the upper pressure value shall be not
less than the saturated vapour pressure of the
refrigerant at 30 °C and the lower pressure value
shall be between 0 bar and the greater of 4,0 bar or
the saturated vapour pressure of the refrigerant at –
13 °C.
EE.5.8 For the final test cycle, the test pressure shall be N/A
increased to two times the minimum upper
pressure specified in EE.5.7.
FF ANNEX FF (NORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —
LEAK SIMULATION TESTS
FF.1 General —
A leakage of refrigerant is simulated at the most N/A
critical point in the refrigeration refrigerating
system.
The method to simulate a leakage at the most N/A
critical point is to inject refrigerant vapour through a
suitable capillary tube at that point.
A critical point is a joint in the refrigerant system N/A
tubing, a bend of more than 90°, or other point
judged to be a weak point in the refrigerant
containing system due to the thickness of the
metal, exposure to damage, sharpness of a bend or
the manufacturing process.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

A quantity of refrigerant leaked is equal to the rated N/A

refrigerant charge amount or the amount that will
leak as determined by test. The refrigerant is
injected at the most critical point and the most
unfavourable direction at ambient temperature (20
°C to –25 °C). Where LFL is referenced in this
annex, the LFL shall be taken at the nominal
composition as specified in ISO 817.
FF.2 Test methods —
FF.2.1 The appliance is modified by introducing a N/A
simulated leak through a capillary tube. The leak
rate shall be maintained at 25 % ± 5 % of the
refrigerant charge in 1 min.
FF.2.2 During this test, the appliance is switched off or N/A
operated under normal operation at rated voltage,
whichever gives the most unfavourable result
unless a prepurge is activated prior to energizing
any loads, in which case the test shall be
conducted with the appliance operating. During a
test where the appliance is operating, refrigerant
gas injection is started at the same time as the
appliance is switched on.
FF.2.3 For refrigerant blends, the test shall be carried out N/A
using the nominal composition as defined in ISO
817.
FF.2.4 The test is conducted in a room that is draft free N/A
and of sufficient size to conduct the test.
The minimum volume (V) is: V = (15 x mc)/LFL N/A
Care shall be taken that the installation of the N/A
capillary tube does not unduly influence the results
of the test and that the structure of the appliance
does not unduly influence the results of the test.
The instrument used for monitoring the refrigerant N/A
gas concentration shall have a fast response to the
gas concentration, typically 2 s to 3 s and shall be
located so as to not unduly influence the results of
the test.
If gas chromatography is used to measure the N/A
refrigerant gas concentrations, the gas sampling in
confined areas shall not exceed 2 ml every 30 s.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

FF.2.5 The measured concentration of refrigerant gas N/A

surrounding the component shall not exceed 25 %
of the LFL of the refrigerant gas, and shall not
exceed 15 % of the LFL of the refrigerant gas for a
time period of 5 min or the duration of the test if
less than 5 min during and after the amount has
been injected. The measured concentration of
refrigerant gas surrounding a component that will
not function during the prepurge time may exceed
the 25 % of the LFL during the prepurge time.
The LFL is as specified in Annex BB for the N/A
refrigerant used.
GG ANNEX GG (NORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —
CHARGE LIMITS, VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR
SECONDARY CIRCUITS
GG.1 Requirements for refrigerant charge limits —
GG.1.1 General —
When a flammable refrigerant is used, the The refrigerant cycle is P
requirements for installation space of appliance completed inside the outdoor
and/or ventilation requirements are determined unit
according to
- the refrigerant charge (M) (mc) used in the P
appliance,
- the installation location, P
- the type of ventilation of the location or of the P
appliance.
Symbol mc denotes the refrigerant charge of a P
single refrigerating system. Where multiple
refrigerating systems are servicing the same space,
the refrigerating system with the largest refrigerant
charge shall be used.
Where the parameters lower flammability limit (LFL) P
and molecular weight (M) are referenced in Annex
GG, the values used shall be based on WCF –
Worst Case Formulation as defined in ISO 817.
GG.1.2 Determination of the case applicable —
Determine the case applicable based on the P
relationship of the refrigerant charge (mc) and m1,
m2, m3, defined as follows:
m1 = 4 × LFL P
m2 = 26 × LFL P
m3 = 130 × LFL P
where LFL is the lower flammability limit in kg/m3 P
for the refrigerant used.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

For A2L refrigerants, m1, m2, m3 is defined as N/A

follows:
m1 = 6 × LFL N/A
m2 = 52 × LFL N/A
m3 = 260 × LFL N/A
where LFL is the lower flammable limit in kg/m3 for N/A
the refrigerant used.
If an appliance with A2L refrigerant has more than N/A
one refrigerating system, refrigerant charge (mc)
refers to the refrigerating system with the largest
charge serving the same space.
GG.1.3 Determination of unventilated room area for appliances using A2L —
refrigerants
For the purpose of determination of room area (A) N/A
when used to calculate the maximum allowable
refrigerant charge (mmax) in an unventilated space,
the following shall apply.
The room area (A) shall be defined as the room N/A
area enclosed by the projection to the floor of the
walls, partitions and doors of the space in which the
appliance is installed.
Spaces connected by only drop ceilings, ductwork, N/A
or similar connections shall not be considered a
single space.
For units mounted higher than 1,6 m, and in N/A
compliance with GG.2.2, spaces divided by
partition walls which are no higher than 1,6 m shall
be considered a single space.
For fixed appliances, rooms on the same floor and N/A
connected by an open passageway between the
spaces can be considered a single room when
determining compliance to Amin, if the passageway
complies with all of the following.
It is a permanent opening. N/A
It extends to the floor. N/A
It is intended for people to walk through. N/A
For fixed appliances, the area of the adjacent N/A
rooms, on the same floor, connected by permanent
opening in the walls and/or doors between
occupied spaces, including gaps between the wall
and the floor, can be considered a single room
when determining compliance to Amin, provided all
of the following are met.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The space shall have appropriate openings N/A

according to GG.1.4.
The minimum opening area for natural ventilation N/A
Anvmin shall not be less than Anvmin
The equation is not applicable for refrigerants with N/A
a molar mass less than 42, as the equation is
based on the principle that the density of the gases
generates sufficient driving force to be successfully
used with natural ventilation.
GG.1.4 Opening conditions for connected rooms and natural ventilation —
When the openings for connected rooms or natural N/A
ventilation are required, the following conditions
shall be applied.
The area of any openings above 300 mm from the N/A
floor shall not be considered in determining
compliance with Anvmin. The area of any openings
above 300 mm from the floor shall not be
considered in determining compliance with Anvmin.
At least 50 % of the required opening area Anvmin N/A
shall be below 200 mm from the floor.
The bottom of the lowest openings shall not be N/A
higher than the point of release when the unit is
installed and not more than 100 mm from the floor.
Openings are permanent openings which cannot be N/A
closed.
The height of the openings between the wall and N/A
floor which connect the rooms are not less than
20 mm.
A second higher opening shall be provided. The N/A
total size of the second opening shall not be less
than 50 % of minimum opening area for Anvmin
and shall be at least 1,5 m above the floor.
GG.2 Requirements for charge limits in unventilated areas —
GG.2.1 General —
Clause GG.2 is applicable for appliances with a N/A
refrigerant charge m1 < mc ≤ m2 and for non-fixed
factory sealed single package units with a
refrigerant charge of m1 < mc ≤ 2 × m1:
For non-fixed factory sealed single package units N/A
with a refrigerant charge of m1 < mc ≤ 2 × m1, the
requirements of Clause GG.7 apply.
For systems using A2L refrigerants with a N/A
refrigerant charge of m1 < mc ≤ m3 that comply
with the conditions in 22.125, the requirements of
Clause GG.10 can apply.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

For other appliances with a refrigerant charge of N/A

m1 < mc ≤ m2:
The maximum refrigerant charge in a room shall be N/A
in accordance with the following:
mmax = 2,5 × (LFL)(5/4) × h0 × (A)1/2, not to N/A
exceed mmax = SF × LFL × h0 × A (GG.8)
or the required minimum floor area Amin to install N/A
an appliance with refrigerant charge mc (kg) shall
be in accordance with following:
Amin = (mc / (2,5 × (LFL)(5/4) × h0)) 2, not less N/A
than Amin = mc / (SF × LFL × h0) (GG.9)
If the minimum installed height given by the N/A
manufacturer is higher than the reference installed
height, then in addition Amin and mmax for the
reference installed height have to be given by the
manufacturer. An appliance may have multiple
reference installed heights. In this case, Amin and
mmax calculations shall be provided for all
applicable reference installed heights.
For appliances serving one or more rooms with an N/A
air duct system, the lowest opening of the duct
connection to each conditioned space or any
opening of the indoor unit greater than 5 cm2, at
the lowest position to the space, shall be used for
h0. However, h0 shall not be less than 0,6 m. Amin
shall be calculated as a function of the opening
heights of the duct to the spaces and the refrigerant
charge for the spaces where leaked refrigerant may
flow to, considering where the unit is located. Amin
shall be calculated for the spaces where a duct is
connected or an indoor unit is located. If all spaces
have room area more than respective Amin, no
further measure is required. If any room area of
spaces is below Amin, measures according to
Clause GG.8 or GG.9 shall be provided for
appliances using A2L refrigerants.
GG.2.2 Appliances using A2L refrigerants with incorporated circulation airflow —
GG.2.2.1 General —
Incorporated circulation airflow applies to fixed N/A
appliances only.
When the fan incorporated to an appliance is N/A
continuously operated or operation is initiated by a
refrigerant detection system with a sufficient
circulation airflow rate (see also Table GG.2), the
maximum refrigerant charge can be increased or
minimum room area can be reduced according to
the following:
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The maximum refrigerant charge in a room shall be N/A

in accordance with mmax
or the required minimum room area Amin of N/A
installed appliance with refrigerant charge mc
(kg) shall be in accordance with Amin
Circulation airflow (Table GG.2) —
G.2.2.2 Continuous circulation airflow —
The fan shall run continuously, other than for short N/A
periods for maintenance and service. The airflow
shall be detected continuously or monitored
continuously. Within 10 s in the event that the
airflow is reduced, the following actions shall be
taken:
Disable the compressor operation. N/A
Warn user that airflow is reduced. N/A
GG.2.2.3 Circulation airflow activated by a refrigerant detection system —
If a refrigerant detection system is activated per N/A
Annex LL, the following actions shall be taken and
continue for at least 5 min after the refrigerant
detection system has reset:
The fan shall be switched on. —
Disable the compressor operation unless the N/A
compressor operation reduces the leak rate or the
total amount released to the indoor space.
Where a remote refrigerant detection system is N/A
used in a room with multiple units, all of the
detection system activated safety measures shall
be applied to all units in the room which rely on the
remote refrigerant detection system.
GG.3 Requirements for charge limits in areas with mechanical ventilation —
Mechanical ventilation applies to fixed appliances N/A
only.
Mechanical ventilation occurs when the appliance N/A
enclosure or the room is provided with a ventilating
system that, in the event of a leak, is intended to
vent refrigerant into an area where there is not a
potential ignition source and the gas can be readily
dispersed.
The appliance enclosure shall have a ventilation N/A
system that produces airflow within the appliance
enclosure and meets the requirements of Clause
GG.4 or is intended to be installed in a room that
meets the requirements of Clause GG.5.
GG.4 Requirements for mechanical ventilation within the appliance enclosure —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The refrigerating circuit is provided with a separate N/A

enclosure that does not communicate with allow
flow from inside the enclosure to the room. The
appliance enclosure shall have a ventilation system
that produces airflow from the appliance interior to
the outside through a ventilation shaft.
The manufacturer shall specify the ventilation shaft N/A
width and height, the maximum length and number
of bends
The negative pressure measurement in the interior N/A
of the appliance enclosure shall be 20 Pa or more
and the flow rate to the exterior shall be at least
Qmin.
GG.5 Requirements for mechanical ventilation for rooms complying with —
ISO 5149
Machinery rooms shall meet the requirements of N/A
Clause 5 of ISO 5149-3:2014.
GG.6 Requirements for refrigerating systems employing secondary heat —
exchangers
If a flammable refrigerant is used and the system N/A
contains a secondary heat exchanger, the heat
exchanger shall not allow the release of refrigerant
into areas served by the secondary heat exchanger
fluid if these areas are covered by Annex GG. The
following may be considered to comply with this
requirement:
- an open loop secondary system vented to the N/A
outside; or
- an automatic air/refrigerant separator and N/A
pressure relief valve is placed in the secondary
circuit on the outlet pipe from the evaporator or the
condenser. The air/refrigerant separator and
pressure relief valve is at a high level relative to the
outlet of the heat exchanger where leaked
refrigerant may accumulate. The pressure relief
valve shall have a flow rating rated to discharge the
refrigerant that can be released through the heat
exchanger. The air/refrigerant separator and
pressure relief valve shall discharge the refrigerant
into a space compliant with the charge limitations in
Annex GG or to the outside; or
- a double wall heat exchanger, or N/A
- a refrigerant system where the pressure of the N/A
secondary circuit is always greater than the
pressure of the primary circuit in the area of
contact, or
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- the bursting of the secondary heat exchanger is N/A

avoided by
1) the use of a freezing protection device (testing of N/A
which is described in item 2) below) which
considers:
fluid freezing point; N/A
distribution through the heat exchanger; N/A
glide of the evaporating refrigerant; N/A
service procedures that could lead to freeze N/A
damage, for example adding or removing the
refrigerant in liquid phase from a heat exchanger
containing standing water;
2) specifying requirements for specific properties of N/A
the secondary heat exchanger fluid to prevent
corrosion, including:
water: the manufacturer shall specify in the N/A
installation manual the water quality necessary for
the specified heat exchanger;
brine: the manufacturer shall specify in the N/A
installation manual the type of brine and its
permitted concentration range for which the heat
exchanger is suitable.
GG.7 Non fixed factory sealed single package units with a refrigerant charge of m1 —
< mc ≤ 2 × m1
GG.7.1 Determination of refrigerant charge —
For non-fixed factory sealed single package units N/A
(i.e. one functional unit in one enclosure) with a
refrigerant charge amount of m1 < M mc ≤ 2 × m1,
the maximum refrigerant charge in a room shall be
in accordance with mmax
or the required minimum floor area, Amin, to install N/A
an appliance with refrigerant charge mc shall be in
accordance with Amin
When the appliance is switched on, a fan shall N/A
operate continuously supplying a minimum airflow
as under normal steady state conditions, even
when the compressor is switched off by the
thermostat.
GG.7.2 Mechanical requirements —
The appliance shall withstand the effects of N/A
dropping and vibration during transport and normal
use without leaking refrigerant.
GG.7.2.2 Random vibration test —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The appliance is tested in its final packaging for N/A

transport and shall withstand a random
vibration test for 180 min according to ASTM D
4728-06. The power spectral density profiles to be
applied are those specified in Figure X1.1 and
Table X1.1 of ASTM D 4728-06:2012 for truck
transportation.
GG.7.2.3 Drop test with packaging —
The appliance is tested in its final packaging for N/A
transport and shall withstand the following number
of drops on a horizontal hardwood board 20 mm
thick placed on a concrete or similar hard surface:
one with the appliance held upright; —
one for each of the four edges of the bottom side, N/A
with the bottom side forming an angle of about 30°
to the horizontal.
GG.7.2.4 Drop test without packaging —
The tests of GG.7.2.3 are repeated on the N/A
appliance without its packaging and with the drop
height according to the Table GG.4
GG7.2.5 Test after installation —
The appliance is installed in accordance with the N/A
installation instructions. It is supplied at rated
voltage or at the upper limit of the rated voltage
range and operated at ambient temperature.
GG.7.3 Vibration test —
The appliance shall be constructed so that its N/A
operation does not cause resonance points in the
piping connected to the compressor.
GG.8 Ventilated area requirements for appliances using A2L refrigerants —
GG.8.1 General N/A
refrigerant charge 0 < mc ≤ m3.
Ventilation shall be employed when refrigerant N/A
charge is mc > mmax.
Natural and mechanical ventilation apply to fixed N/A
appliances only.
GG.8.2 Natural ventilation requirements for appliances using A2L refrigerants —
Natural ventilation shall be permitted for A2L N/A
refrigerants on the conditions as outlined in
GG.8.2.2 and GG.8.2.3.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Subclause GG.8.2 is applicable for appliances with N/A

a refrigerant charge of mc < m3.
GG.8.2.2 Natural ventilation to occupied indoor space —
If natural ventilation is applied in occupied space, N/A
all of the following shall be met.
- Natural ventilation shall be made to a room where N/A
sufficient air is available to dilute the refrigerant
below the LFL.
- Natural ventilation from an occupied space shall N/A
not be made to outdoor.
- For natural ventilation opening provided to an N/A
unoccupied space, the total area of the space in
which the appliance is installed and the adjacent
space which is connected by the natural ventilation
shall have a room area more than Amin according
to Clause GG.2 for mc. If the total room area is not
large enough, the measure of GG.8.3 or Clause
GG.9 shall be taken.
- The openings for natural ventilation shall comply N/A
with GG.1.4.
The minimum opening area for natural ventilation N/A
shall be calculated using Anvmin
GG.8.2.3 Natural ventilation to outdoors or unoccupied indoor space —
If natural ventilation is applied in occupied space, N/A
all of the following shall be met.
- Natural ventilation to the outside is not allowed N/A
below ground level.
unoccupied space, the total area of the space in
space which is connected by the natural ventilation,
large enough, other measure of GG.8.3 or Clause
GG.9 shall be taken.
- The openings for natural ventilation shall comply N/A
with GG.1.4.
- The minimum opening area for natural ventilation N/A
shall be calculated using the following equation:
mmax and Anvmin
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


GG.8.3 Mechanical ventilation requirements for rooms with appliances using A2L —
refrigerants
GG.8.3.1.1 Continuous operation of the fan —
taken:
- Disable the compressor operation unless the N/A
- Warn user that airflow is reduced. N/A
GG.8.3.1.2 Fan activated by a refrigerant detection system —
If a refrigerant detection system is activated per N/A
Annex LL, the following actions shall be taken and
continue for at least 5 min after the refrigerant
detection system has reset:
- The fan shall be switched on. N/A
The refrigerant detection system and controls shall N/A
maintain the purge cycle for at least 5 min after the
refrigerant detection system has reset.
GG.8.3.2 Required airflow —
The airflow shall be calculated using of the formula N/A
below. Losses caused by ducts or other
components in the air stream shall be considered.
G.8.3.3 Requirement for opening —
The lower edge of the opening of the mechanical N/A
ventilation shall not be more than 100 mm above
the floor.
The air extraction openings shall be located at N/A
sufficient distance from the air intake openings to
prevent re-circulation to the space.
GG.9 Charge limits for appliances using A2L refrigerants connected via an air duct —
system to one or more rooms
GG.9.1 General —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


refrigerant charge 0 < mc ≤ m3..The maximum
refrigerant charge can be increased or the
minimum room area can be reduced if the following
requirements are met.
The appliance shall be provided with a refrigerant N/A
detection system according to Annex LL, or the fan
shall operate continuously and the airflow shall be
monitored continuously.
mmax shall be determined based on the total area N/A
of the conditioned space (TA) connected by ducts
taking into consideration that the circulation airflow
distributed to all the rooms by the appliance integral
indoor fan will mix and dilute the leaking refrigerant
before entering any room. In the case when no
refrigerant detection system is provided then,
spaces where the airflow may be limited by zoning
dampers shall not be included in the determination
of TA.
GG.9.2 Continuous circulation airflow —
taken:
- Disable the compressor operation. N/A
GG.9.3 Circulation airflow activated by a refrigerant detection system —
When a refrigerant detection system according to N/A
Annex LL operates, the following shall be initiated.
Disable the compressor operation unless the N/A
total amount of charge released to the indoor
space.
Fully open all zoning damper of the appliance and N/A
energize control signals to open any external
zoning dampers if applicable.
Activate additional mechanical ventilation, if N/A
required.
The refrigerant detection system and controls shall N/A
maintain the above action until at least 5 min after
the refrigerant detection system has reset. Building
fire and smoke systems may override this function.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

If the continuous operation of duct fan is employed, N/A

additional ventilation shall also be continuously
operated.
GG.10 Allowable charge for enhanced tightness refrigerating systems —
GG.10.1 General —
Clause GG.10 is applicable to enhanced tightness N/A
refrigerating systems using A2L refrigerants with
refrigerant charge m1 < mc ≤ number of indoor
units × m2, not to exceed 4 x m2.
For appliances with more than one indoor unit, N/A
individual indoor unit cooling capacity shall not
exceed 35 kW when tested in accordance with ISO
5151, ISO 13253, or ISO 15042 at T1 conditions.
For heating only appliances with more than one N/A
indoor unit, individual indoor unit heating capacity
shall not exceed 35 kW when tested in accordance
with ISO 5151, ISO 13253, or ISO 15042 at H1
conditions.
The appropriate measures to be taken shall be N/A
ventilation (natural or mechanical), safety shut-off
valves and safety alarm, in conjunction with
refrigerant detection systems as specified in
GG.10.2 to GG.10.5.
A safety alarm alone shall not be considered as an N/A
appropriate measure where occupants are
restricted in their movement (see Clause GG.13).
GG.10.2 Requirement for units with incorporated circulation airflow to prevent —
stagnation
For indoor units where h0 as determined in Clause N/A
GG.2 is less than 1,8 m, and for indoor units
connected to one or more spaces by ducts which
supply or return air from the space at a height less
than 1.8 m, circulation airflow for the purpose of
mixing the air in the room shall be provided.
Where mechanical ventilation is required per N/A
Subclause GG.10.4 or Subclause GG.10.5, units
where h0 is equal or greater than 1,8 m, air
circulation for the purpose of mixing the air in the
room shall also be provided.
The circulation shall operate continuously or be N/A
turned on by refrigerant detection systems. The
minimum air velocity and minimum airflow shall be
as follows:
Minimum airflow = 240 m3/h N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Minimum air velocity N/A

The unit air velocity (v) shall be calculated as N/A
airflow divided by the nominal face area of the
outlet. The grill area shall not be deducted.
As an alternative, for airflow angles between 15 N/A
degrees and 90 degrees, the minimum air velocity
(vmin) can be determined by linear interpolation of
the values included in Table GG.5.
Where a single remote refrigerant detection system N/A
sensor is used in a room with multiple units, this
requirement shall apply to all units in the room
which do not have a dedicated refrigerant detection
system.
GG.10.2.2 Continuous circulation airflow —
taken:
GG.10.2.3 Circulation airflow initiated by a refrigerant detection system —
When any refrigerant detection system is activated N/A
per Annex LL in response to a detected leak into
the space, all indoor units in that room which are
served by the same outdoor unit shall take the
following actions and continue for at least 5 min:
- The fan shall be switched on. N/A
GG.10.3 Required measures for allowable refrigerant charge —
GG.10.3.1 Spaces except lowest underground floor of the building —
Where the refrigerant charge does not exceed N/A
maximum refrigerant charge in GG.10.4, no
additional measures are required.
Where the charge exceeds the maximum N/A
refrigerant charge in GG.10.4 but is less than or
equal to the maximum refrigerant charge in
GG.10.5, then at least one additional measure shall
be taken in accordance with Clause GG.11, GG.12,
or GG.13.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Where the refrigerant charge exceeds the N/A

maximum refrigerant charge in GG.10.5, at least
two additional measures are taken in accordance
with Clause GG.11, GG.12, or GG.13.
GG.10.3.2 Lowest underground floor of the building —
Where the refrigerant charge exceeds the N/A
maximum refrigerant charge in GG.10.4, two
additional measures shall be taken in accordance
with Clause GG.11, GG.12, or GG.13.
The refrigerant charge shall not exceed the N/A
maximum refrigerant charge in GG.10.5.
GG.10.4 Maximum refrigerant charge —
The maximum refrigerant charge mmax in a room N/A
and the required minimum room area Amin of the
installed appliance with refrigerant charge mc shall
be in accordance with mmax and Amin
GG.10.5 Maximum refrigerant charge when employing additional measures —
The maximum refrigerant charge mmax and N/A
minimum room area Amin are calculated in
accordance with mmax and Amin
GG.11 Ventilation for enhanced tightness refrigerating systems using A2L —
refrigerants
GG.11.1 General —
Ventilation shall be made to a place where N/A
sufficient air is available to dilute the leaked
refrigerant such as outdoors or a large space. The
indoor place used to provide ventilation air shall
have sufficient volume, including the volume of the
room in which the indoor unit is installed, to ensure
that the maximum refrigerant charge specified in
GG.10.4 is not exceeded.
GG.11.2 Natural ventilation N/A
If natural ventilation is applied, all of the following N/A
shall be met.
- Natural ventilation from an occupied space shall N/A
not be made to outdoors.
occupied space, the total area of the space in
space which is connected by the natural ventilation
large enough, the measure of GG.11.3 shall be
taken.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

- Openings for natural ventilation shall comply with N/A

GG.1.4.
- The minimum opening area for natural ventilation N/A
shall be calculated using equation (GG.29): Anvmin
G.11.3 Mechanical ventilation —
GG.11.3.1 Operation of mechanical ventilation —
Operation shall be according to GG.8.3.1, and for N/A
all indoor units in the same space which are served
by a single refrigerating system, the fan shall be
switched on to provide the minimum circulation
airflow per GG.10.2.
GG.11.3.2 Required airflow —
For (Q × 0,25*LFL)/10 < 1, the airflow of the N/A
mechanical ventilation shall be at least the quantity
that satisfies the following formula for mc
For (Q × 0,25*LFL)/10 ≥ 1, the airflow shall be N/A
determined according the following formula for Q
GG.11.3.3 Mechanical ventilation openings —
The upper edge of the air extraction opening from N/A
the room shall be located equal or below the
refrigerant release point.
For floor mounted units, openings shall be N/A
according to GG.8.3.3.
GG.11.3.4 Operation of mechanical ventilation —
Mechanical ventilation shall be operated N/A
continuously or shall be switched on by a
refrigerant detection system.
GG.12 Safety shut-off valves for enhanced tightness refrigerating systems using —
A2L refrigerants
GG.12.1 Location —
Safety shut-off valves shall be located in a space N/A
with a room volume large enough so that the
maximum refrigerant charge complies with
GG.10.4, GG.10.5, or outside. Safety shutoff valve
shall be positioned to enable access for
maintenance by an authorized person.
GG.12.2 Design —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Safety shut-off valves shall be designed to close in N/A

the event of an electric power failure, e.g. spring
return solenoid valves.
If safety shut-off valves are used to comply with N/A
GG.10.4 or GG.10.5, then the released amount of
refrigerant shall be limited to 0,5 × LFL × room
volume.
The amount of refrigerant that can be leaked shall N/A
consider the response time of the sensor and the
controller that activates the valves and the
remaining amount of refrigerant that is contained in
each section of the refrigerating system after the
valves are closed.
GG.13 Safety alarms for enhanced tightness refrigerating systems using A2L —
refrigerants
GG.13.1 General —
If an alarm is employed to warn of a leak in the N/A
occupied space, the alarm shall warn of a
refrigerant leak in accordance with GG.13.2. The
alarm shall be turned on by the signal from the
refrigerant detection system. The alarm shall also
alert an authorized person to take appropriate
action.
GG.13.2 Alarm system warning —
The alarm system shall warn both audibly and N/A
visibly, such as both a loud (15 dBA above the
background level) buzzer and a flashing light.
GG.13.2.2 Alarm for general occupancy —
At least one alarm inside the occupied space shall N/A
be installed. For the occupancy listed below, the
alarm system shall also warn at a supervised
location, such as the night porter’s location, as well
as the occupied space.
Rooms, parts of buildings, building where N/A
sleeping facilities are provided, N/A
people are restricted in their movement, N/A
an uncontrolled number of people are present, or N/A
to which any person has access without being N/A
personally acquainted with the necessary safety
precautions.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

HH ANNEX HH (INFORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —

Competence of service personnel
Special training additional to usual refrigerating No refrigerant system in N/A
equipment repair procedures is required when indoor unit, see in outdoor unit
equipment with flammable refrigerants is affected instruction
JJ ANNEX JJ (NORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —
ALLOWABLE OPENING OF RELAYS AND SIMILAR COMPONENTS TO
PREVENT IGNITION OF A2L REFRIGERANTS
JJ.1 General —
Annex JJ is applicable to electric components or N/A
devices of appliances using A2L refrigerants.
Annex JJ defines the maximum size of openings in N/A
relays and similar components that prevents flame
propagation to outside. A relay and similar
components that comply with the requirements of
this annex are not considered as a potential ignition
source for A2L refrigerants.
JJ.2 Definition of the opening —
The effective diameter is the equivalent diameter of N/A
a circular opening that has the same quenching
effect to an opening of any shape. The effective
diameter of the opening of relays and similar
components is defined as deff
JJ.3 Determination of maximum allowable opening —
Relays and similar components shall not be N/A
considered as a potential ignition source if the
effective diameter of all holes complies with the
following equation:
Alternatively, a type test can be used to determine N/A
if relays and similar components are not a potential
ignition source. This type test shall show that there
is no propagation of a flame from any contact inside
of the relay to the outside, for the concentration of
the refrigerant as used for determining the
maximum burning velocity. Where the type test is
used, the effective diameter limit is 12 mm.
KK ANNEX KK (NORMATIVE) (IEC 60335-2-40) —
TEST METHOD FOR HOT SURFACE IGNITION TEMPERATURE FOR A2L
KK.1 General —
The hot surface ignition temperature of A2L N/A
refrigerants shall be determined according to Annex
KK. The refrigerants shall be sprayed onto a
horizontal flat plate surface which is set at the test
temperature.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The test system consists of a hot plate, a spray N/A

tube and a chimney. Figure KK.1, Figure KK.2 and
Figure KK.3 display the set-up of the test
apparatus.
KK.2 Test equipment requirements —
The hot plate shall have the following N/A
characteristics. The hot plate shall consist of a flat
stainless steel plate with the dimensions:
Diameter: 50 mm ± 2,0 mm N/A
Thickness: 6 mm –0/+2,0 mm N/A
Surface texture: ISO 1302 N/A
The hot plate shall be positioned horizontally. The N/A
heaters shall provide uniform heating of the plate.
All surfaces other than the test surface should be
thermally insulated using ceramic fibre board
capable to withstand 815 °C. This insulation shall
be such that vapours cannot be ignited by other
than the hot plate top surface.
Spray system shall consist of a liquid supply, two N/A
valves (trap liquid volume of 1,0 cm3 ± 0,2 cm3),
tubing for directing the spray. The spray tube from
valve to the end shall have the following
dimensions:
Length: 250 mm ± 5,0 mm N/A
Outer diameter: ≤ 4 mm N/A
Inner diameter: 1,6 mm ± 0,1 mm N/A
Use a type K thermal couple with the individual N/A
wires spot welded on opposite sides of the centre
of the upper surface of the hot plate.
A borosilicate or quartz glass chimney shall be 230 N/A
mm ± 10 mm long and 70 mm ± 10 mm inner
diameter . The chimney shall be supported so that
it is vertically mounted and has a gap of 2,5 mm ±
0,2 mm between its bottom edge and the top on the
insulation.
KK.3 Procedure —
The ambient conditions of the test shall be set at 23 N/A
°C ± 3 °C and 50 % RH ± 5 % RH. The chimney
and hot plate establishes a constant air velocity
during the test. This airflow dilutes the vapours so
that an optimum (near stoichiometric) concentration
for ignition develops over the hot surface.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The test shall be performed in a laboratory fume N/A

hood. The test apparatus including the chimney top
shall be located in the laminar flow region of the
laboratory fume hood so the chimney flow is not
disturbed.
The end of the spray refrigerant line shall be placed N/A
40 mm ± 10 mm above the hot plate and shall point
at the centre of the hot plate. The tube shall be
perpendicular to the horizontal plate.
Operating steps: —
1) The hot plate shall be heated until a steady test N/A
temperature is maintained for 5 min. The plate
temperature shall be kept within ±15 °C of the set-
point during the test.
2) Refrigerant used for the test shall be the nominal N/A
composition (NC) per ISO 817. Refrigerant from the
liquid phase shall be trapped between valve 1 and
valve 2. Open valve C to spray the liquid refrigerant
onto the centre of the hot plate.
3) Observe and record if ignition (flames) occurs or N/A
does not occur within 3 min after release.
Care shall be given to avoid vapours getting under N/A
the insulation, any ignition outside of the chimney is
due to ignition on surfaces hotter than the test
surface.
4) A minimum of 5 min of ventilation shall be N/A
allowed between runs to clear out reaction products
and residual refrigerant.
5) Perform a minimum of 5 repetitions trials at each N/A
temperature being tested.
6) The temperature of the hot plate shall be set at N/A
800 °C, if ignition occurs, then the plate
temperature is to be reduced in increments of 20 °C
until no ignition occurs in five trials. This
temperature is to be recorded as the hot surface
ignition temperature (HSIT).
KK.4 Test report —
The results shall be recorded in a test report. The N/A
report shall include all the information necessary for
the interpretation of the test and all information
required by the method used. The report shall
include:
documentation with the sample identity and N/A
composition,
temperature where ignition did not occur and where N/A
ignition did occur if applicable.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The reported hot surface ignition temperature shall N/A

be highest temperature with no ignition in five trials.
LL ANNEX LL (NORMATIVE) ................................... (IEC 60335-2-40) —
REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEMS FOR A2L REFRIGERANTS
LL.1 General —
Refrigerant detection systems shall be set to be N/A
activated before the refrigerant concentration
reaches 25 % of the LFL. Where LFL is referenced
in this annex, the LFL shall be taken at WCF –
Worst Case Formulation as specified in ISO 817.
LL.2 Function of the refrigerant detection systems —
The refrigerant detection systems shall be capable N/A
of detecting a pre-set level of the refrigerant
concentration of the refrigerant that the sensor is
designated to be used with and initiate the
operation as defined in Annex GG.
LL.3 Refrigerant detection system range, accuracy and response time —
Refrigerant detection system shall make output N/A
according to the applicable clauses of Annex GG of
this standard within 30 s when the sensor is put into
refrigerant concentration of 25 % of LFL or lower.
The refrigerant detection system, including the N/A
sensors, shall comply with the above requirements
over the full range of operating temperature and
humidity as specified by the appliance
manufacturer
LL.4 Refrigerant detection system calibration —
The refrigerant detection systems shall be pre-set N/A
and calibrated (with an accuracy of ± 20 %) from
the factory for the refrigerant used.
LL.5 Electrical outputs for refrigerant detection system —
The device shall have an output in accordance with N/A
the applicable clauses of Annex GG of this
standard.
LL.6 Vibration requirements —
A sensor shall withstand vibration without breakage N/A
or damage of parts and shall continue to function.
The vibration parameters shall be defined based on
the intended application and expected
transportation. If vibration operating parameters are
not established by the manufacturer, then a sample
of the sensor shall be subject to the requirements
defined below.
LL.7 Refrigerant detection system self-test routine —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The detection system shall include a means for N/A

self-testing the sensor to determine the output is at
proper range. The test shall be run at least every
hour and if a failure is detected, an alarm shall be
activated.
If the sensor has a defined life and requires N/A
replacement after a given period, then the detection
system shall initiate an alarm or indication that
replacement is required. If sensor becomes more
sensitive with aging to generate false alarm, the
end of life alarm can be omitted.
LL.8 Sensor identification —
The sensors shall be marked with N/A
name, trade mark or identification mark of the N/A
manufacturer or responsible vendor;
MM ANNEX MM (NORMATIVE) ................................. (IEC 60335-2-40) —
REFRIGERANT SENSOR LOCATION CONFIRMATION TEST
MM.1 General —
This test is applicable to appliances with refrigerant N/A
detection systems other than remote detection.
The purpose of this test is to demonstrate that the N/A
sensor(s) of the refrigerant detection system(s),
where required, will adequately detect refrigerant,
in the event of a leak when installed in the location
specified by the manufacturer.
Compliance will be determined by measurement of N/A
the refrigerant concentration in the location of the
sensor.
The composition of the refrigerant used for the test N/A
shall be taken as the nominal composition as
specified in ISO 817. Where LFL is referenced in
this annex, the LFL shall be taken at the nominal
composition as specified in ISO 817.
MM.2 Test methods —
MM.2.1 The appliance is modified by introducing a N/A
simulated leak through a capillary tube. The leak
rate shall be maintained at mr in g/s. The simulated
leak is applied for 1 min.
The free volume (Vfree) shall be determined by N/A
calculating the volume of the appliance bounded by
a horizontal plane at the lowest point of the
simulated leak, the appliance enclosure walls and
the plane of the supply and return openings.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

The volume shall be reduced by the volume of N/A

components or enclosed compartments within the
bounded space. Components and enclosed
compartments within the bounded space with a
volume of less than 0,001 m3 can be ignored.
A leakage of refrigerant in the refrigerating system N/A
is simulated at the unfavourable critical points for
detection of the leak.
A critical point is a joint in the refrigerant system N/A
tubing, a bend of more than 90 degrees, or other
point judged to be a weak point in the refrigerant
containing system due to the thickness of the
metal, exposure to damage, sharpness of a bend or
the manufacturing process, an unfavourable point
is a point where the path between the leakage point
and the point of detection location is more distant or
more obstructed. The refrigerant is injected at the
most critical point and the most unfavourable
direction at ambient temperature (15 °C to 35 °C).
The capillary tube shall discharge refrigerant into a
chamber or similar device which will reduce the
refrigerant velocity into the appliance or space.
Care shall be taken that the installation of the N/A
capillary tube does not unduly influence the results
of the test and that the structure of the appliance
does not unduly influence the results of the test.
MM.2.2 During this test, following appliance operating modes shall be tested; —
- Fan OFF, and N/A
- Fan ON. N/A
If the minimum airflow specified by the N/A
manufacturer is not less than the minimum airflow
specified in GG.2.2 or Clause GG.9, testing in the
fan ON mode is not required.
MM.2.3 The appliance shall be installed according to the instructions. —
Appliances that can be installed in different N/A
positions shall be tested in all positions allowed by
the manufacturer. The supply and return openings
shall not be covered and the manufacturers
recommended air-filters shall be installed per
instructions.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

M.2.5 The instrument used for monitoring the refrigerant N/A

gas concentration shall have a fast response to the
gas concentration, at least 90 % response within 10
s (time constant 4,3 s) and shall be located as
close to the intended sensor location as possible,
but care should be taken not to unduly influence the
results of the test. It shall be calibrated to have an
accuracy of ± 1 % of gas concentration between 20
% and 30 % gas concentration.
For small products where an additional sensor N/A
cannot be built-in, the evaluation of MM.2.6 shall
suffice.
The refrigerant gas concentrations sampling shall N/A
be made at least every 10 s.
NN ANNEX NN (NORMATIVE) .................................. (IEC 60335-2-40) —
FLAME ARREST ENCLOSURE VERIFICATION TEST FOR A2L
REFRIGERANTS
NN.1 General —
Annex NN is applicable to appliances using A2L N/A
refrigerants
A flame arrest enclosure is a device or assembly N/A
enclosing components with electrical contacts that
are made and broken, or similar devices which may
become a source of ignition which will withstand an
internal ignition of a A2L refrigerant vapour which
may enter it without suffering damage and without
transmission of flame from the internal ignition to an
external A2L refrigerant vapour of the same
refrigerant.
Electrical components enclosed in a flame arrest N/A
enclosure in compliance with the test procedures
below shall not be considered as a source of
ignition.
If all openings in the enclosure comply with Annex N/A
JJ, the enclosure is deemed to comply.
The following test requirements are based on N/A
consideration of IEC 60079-15:2010, Clause 17, as
applicable to the products within the scope of IEC
60335-2-40, and specific to the use of flammable
A2L refrigerants.
NN.2 Test method —
OO ANNEX OO (NORMATIVE) .................................. (IEC 60335-2-40) —
UV RADIATION CONDITIONING
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

OO.1 Ten samples of the internal wiring are subjected to N/A

ultraviolet light conditioning according to Clause
OO.2 or OO.3. When the internal wiring is provided
in more than one colour, ten samples of each
colour are subjected to this conditioning.
The test samples are mounted on the inside of the N/A
cylinder in the ultraviolet light apparatus
perpendicular to the light source and in such a way
that the samples do not touch each other.
OO.2 The samples are to be exposed for 1 000 h to N/A
xenon-arc, method A, in accordance with ISO
4892-2. There shall be continuous exposure to light
and intermittent exposure to water spray. The cycle
shall consist of 102 min without water spray and 18
min with water spray. The apparatus shall operate
with a water-cooled xenon-arc lamp, borosilicate
glass inner and outer optical filters, a spectral
irradiance of 0,35 W/m2/nm at 340 nm and a black
panel temperature of (65 ± 3) °C. The temperature
of the chamber shall be (45 ± 3) °C. The relative
humidity in the chamber shall be (50 ± 5) %.
OO.3 The samples are to be exposed for 720 h to open- N/A
flame carbon-arc, in accordance with ISO 4892-4.
There shall be continuous exposure to light and
intermittent exposure to water spray. The cycle
shall consist of 102 min without water spray and 18
min with water spray. The apparatus shall operate
with an open-flame carbon-arc lamp, borosilicate
glass Type 1 inner and outer optical filters, a
spectral irradiance of 0,35 W/m2/nm at 340 nm and
a black panel temperature of (63 ± 3) °C. The
temperature of the chamber shall be (45 ± 3) °C.
The relative humidity in the chamber shall be (50 ±
5) %.
AA ANNEX AA(NORMATIVE) —
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR IMMERSION HEATER UNITS INTENDED
FOR THE INSTALLATION IN HEAT EXCHANGE CLOSED WATER HEATERS
(IEC 60335-2-21)
The following requirements of this standard are for N/A
immersion heater units intended for the installation
in a heat exchange closed water heater. Other
subclauses of this standard not mentioned in this
annex are applicable. Where “water heater” is
written, the requirement applies for “immersion
heater units” of this annex.
5.2 Additional immersion heater units may be required N/A
for the tests of Clause 19 and 22.102.
5.3 The test is to be carried out in a water tank N/A
according to the instructions of the manufacturer
of the immersion heater unit
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

7.1 Immersion heater units for multiple supply shall be N/A

marked with their rated power input for each supply
circuit.
Immersion heater units shall be marked with the N/A
rated pressure. The rated pressure shall not be
lower than 0,6 MPa.
7.12.1 The installation instruction shall include the following: —
– type, the volume or volume range, and N/A
dimensions of the tank in which the immersion
heater unit can be installed;
– the positioning of the immersion heater unit within N/A
the tank;
– a statement that the installer must check that N/A
there is water in the tank before the immersion
heater unit is switched on the first time;
– that a pressure-relief device is to be installed in N/A
the installation, unless it is not already part of the
water tank installation;
– the type and properties of the pressure-relief N/A
device and how to install it;
– that a discharge pipe connected to the pressure N/A
relief device shall be installed with a steady
downward inclination in a frost-free environment.
The instructions for immersion heater units for N/A
water tanks with an incorporated heat exchanger
shall include instructions for the installation of
thermal controls and their temperature setting in
order to prevent the thermal cut-out from operating
due to the heat of the heat exchanger.
19.1 For immersion heater units, the tests of 19.2 and N/A
19.3 are applicable
19.13 During the test, the immersion heater unit shall not N/A
show any leakage.
22.47 The immersion heater units shall withstand the N/A
water pressure occurring in normal use.
22.101 The rated pressure of immersion heater units N/A
intended to be exposed directly to the water main
shall be at least 0,6 MPa.
22.112 Immersion heater units shall be supplied with a seal N/A
or similar means to ensure that there is no leakage
from the tank after installation.
22.113 The immersion heater unit shall not be able to be N/A
removed from the tank without the aid of a tool.
24.102 The thermal cut-out shall operate before the water N/A
temperature exceeds 99 °C and the water
temperature shall not exceed the opening
temperature of the thermal cut-out by more than 20
K.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

10.1 TABLE: Power input deviation P

Input deviation of/at: P rated (W) P measured (W) ΔP Required Δ P Remark
Outdoor unit model WH-WDG09LE5 matching with indoor unit model WH-ADC0509L6E5AN
Power supply 1 - (Cooling mode)
230V 50Hz 3560 1943 -45,42% +15% Cooling Mode
Power supply 1 - (Heating mode – Heat pump
230V 50Hz 3560 3154 -11,40% +15% Heating Mode
Outdoor unit model WH-WDG09LE5 matching with indoor unit model WH-ADC0509L3E5B
230V 50Hz 3560 1882 -47,13% +15% Cooling Mode
Power supply 1 - (Heating mode – Heat pump)
230V 50Hz 3560 2691 -24,41% +15% Heating Mode
Supplementary information: N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

10.2 TABLE: Current deviation P

Current deviation of/at: I rated (A) I measured (A) ΔI Required Δ I Remark
230V 50Hz 15,8 8,52 -46,07% +15% Cooling Mode
230v 50Hz 15,8 5,64 -64,30% +15% Heating Mode
230V 50Hz 15,8 8,27 -47,65% +15% Cooling Mode
230V 50Hz 15,8 9,11 -42,34% +15% Heating Mode
Supplementary information:
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

11.8 TABLE: Heating test, thermocouples P

Mode of operation Cooling mode Heating mode
Test voltage (V)………………………..: Power supply 1: Power supply 1: ⎯
243,8V 50Hz 243,8V 50Hz
(Heat pump)
Ambient, t1 (°C) ……………………….: 30/43 30/35
(Indoor/ (Indoor/
outdoor) outdoor)
Ambient, t2 (°C) ……………………….: 30/43 30/35 ⎯
(Indoor/ (Indoor/
outdoor) outdoor)
Thermocouple locations T (°C) Max. T
(°C)
Model WH-WDG09LE5 (Outdoor unit)
Insulation of supply cord 52,8 41,4 75
Terminal block 54,7 42,2 85
Internal wire to PCB 56,3 42,5 75

Capacitor C309 on PCB. [T=105ºC] 57,3 43,4 105
Switching transformer T200 on PCB. 51,4 42,4 105
Line filter LF100 on PCB. 54,7 42,2 90
Relay RY-AC on PCB. 55,6 43,0 Ref.
Capacitor C307 AFC 105K on PCB. [T=110ºC] 57,0 43,6 110
Capacitor C102 LE105 on PCB. [T=100ºC] 53,6 42,7 100
PCB [ACXA73-30600-TR] 62,2 46,6 145
Internal wire to fan motor 55,4 42,5 75
Fan motor winding [ZKSN-160-8-3] [DC] 46,8 37,6 105
Fan motor enclosure 46,0 36,9 Ref.
Reactor 62,8 47,1 90
4Way valve 62,5 55,7 90
Cover Compressor 84,1 66,2 Ref.
Internal wire to compressor 58,3 47,0 75

Compressor enclosure 104,6 81,5 Ref.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Discharge pipe of refrigerant pipe 93,7 73,5 Ref.

Middle coil of refrigerant pipe 48,9 36,4 Ref.
Suction pipe of refrigerant pipe 36,9 36,5 Ref.
Wall 41,9 31,7 90
External enclosure 46,0 36,3 85
Air outlet 42,6 33,8 Ref.
Plate heat 31,9 33,9 Ref.
Supplementary information: Winding temperatures of DC fan motor were not measurable by thermocouple
or resistance method. The temperature measurements were made on the hottest point of external
enclosure of motor. With the significant temperature differences to limits, we are of the opinion that they
complied with the requirements of this clause.
11.8 TABLE: Heating test, resistance method P

Mode of operation Cooling mode
Test voltage (V) ……………: Power supply 1: 243,8V 50Hz ⎯
Ambient, t1 (°C) ……………: 30/43 ⎯
(Indoor/outdoor)
Ambient, t2 (°C) ……………: 30/43 ⎯
(Indoor/outdoor)
Temperature of winding R1 (Ω) R2 (Ω) T (°C) Max. T (°C) Insulation
class
Outdoor unit model WH-WDG09LE5
Compressor winding 1 0,68 0,84 108,7 140 Synthetic
4 Way valve outdoor unit 22,82 24,85 67,8 120 Class B
Reactor 0,28 0,30 69,6 100 Class A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


Mode of operation Heating mode (heat pump)
Ambient, t1 (°C) ……………: 30/35 ⎯
(Indoor/outdoor)
Ambient, t2 (°C) ……………: 30/35 ⎯
(Indoor/outdoor)
class
Reactor 0,27 0,29 61,8 100 Class A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

11.8 TABLE: Heating test, thermocouples P

Mode of operation Cooling mode Heating mode
Test voltage (V)………………………..: Power supply 1: Power supply 1: ⎯
243,8V 50Hz 243,8V 50Hz
(Heat pump)
Ambient, t1 (°C) ……………………….: 30/43 30/35
(Indoor/ (Indoor/
outdoor) outdoor)
Ambient, t2 (°C) ……………………….: 30/43 30/35 ⎯
(Indoor/ (Indoor/
outdoor) outdoor)
Thermocouple locations T (°C) Max. T
(°C)
Model WH-WDG09LE5 (Outdoor unit)
Insulation of supply cord 45,9 39,7 75
Terminal block 46,2 39,0 85
Internal wire to PCB. 49,0 39,4 75

Switching transformer T200 on PCB. 51,6 41,9 105
Line filter LF100 on PCB. 53,8 39,5 90
Relay RY-AC on PCB. 53,2 40,3 Ref.
Capacitor C307 AFC 105K on PCB. [T=110ºC] 52,6 40,2 110
Capacitor C102 LE105 on PCB. [T=100ºC] 53,3 40,8 100
PCB. [ACXA73-30600-TR] 61,3 41,9 145
Internal wire to fan motor 50,5 41,2 75
Fan motor winding [ZKSN-160-8-3] [DC] 50,4 37,3 105
Fan motor enclosure 49,9 37,1 Ref.
Reactor 50,7 48,9 90
4Way valve 52,8 53,1 90
Cover Compressor 59,4 48,9 Ref.
Internal wire to compressor 49,9 48,1 75

Compressor enclosure 77,5 80,5 Ref.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Discharge pipe of refrigerant pipe 68,7 81,4 Ref.

Middle coil of refrigerant pipe 51,1 38,1 Ref.
Suction pipe of refrigerant pipe 47,6 47,0 Ref.
Wall 43,7 35,3 90
External enclosure 45,6 36,3 85
Air outlet 49,7 38,8 Ref.
Plate heat 14,1 34,4 Ref.
Supplementary information: Winding temperatures of DC fan motor were not measurable by thermocouple
or resistance method. The temperature measurements were made on the hottest point of external
enclosure of motor. With the significant temperature differences to limits, we are of the opinion that they
complied with the requirements of this clause.

Mode of operation Cooling mode
Ambient, t1 (°C) ……………: 30/43 ⎯
(Indoor/outdoor)
Ambient, t2 (°C) ……………: 30/43 ⎯
(Indoor/outdoor)
class
Reactor 0,44 0,45 53,0 100 Class A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


Mode of operation Heating mode (heat pump)
Ambient, t1 (°C) ……………: 30/35 ⎯
(Indoor/outdoor)
Ambient, t2 (°C) ……………: 30/35 ⎯
(Indoor/outdoor)
class
Reactor 0,23 0,24 54,7 100 Class A
13.2 TABLE: Leakage current P

Heating appliances: 1,15 x rated input (W)....... : ⎯ ⎯
Motor-operated and combined appliances: Power supply 1: 243,8V ⎯
1,06 x rated voltage (V)..................................... :
Leakage current between I (mA) Max. allowed I (mA)
Any pole of supply and earthed metal parts 4,5 7,12 1)
Live parts and accessible non-metallic material parts 0,03 (peak) 0,35 (peak)
1) Rated power input 3,56kW, max allowed 7,12mA
(leakage current shall not exceed 2 mA per kilowatt rated power input with a maximum value of 10mA for
appliances accessible to the general public)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


Heating appliances: 1,15 x rated input (W)....... : ⎯ ⎯
Motor-operated and combined appliances: Power supply 1: 243,8V ⎯
1,06 x rated voltage (V)..................................... :
13.3 TABLE: Dielectric strength P

Test voltage applied between: Test potential applied Breakdown / flashover
(V) (Yes/No)
Live parts and earthed metal parts 1000 No
Parts separated by supplementary insulation 1750 No
Live parts and accessible non-metallic material parts 3000 No
14 TABLE: Transient overvoltages N/A

Clearance between: Cl (mm) Required Cl Rated Impulse test Flashover
(mm) impulse voltage (V) (Yes/No)
voltage (V)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


Single phase appliances: 1,06 x rated voltage (V) : To Power supply 1: 243,8V ⎯
Three phase appliances 1,06 x rated voltage -- ⎯
divided by 3 (V) ...............................................:
Power supply 1
Live parts and earthed metal parts 5,30 7,12 1)
Live parts and accessible non-metallic material parts 0,02 0,25
Power supply 1
Live parts and earthed metal parts 6,80 7,12 1)
Live parts and accessible non-metallic material parts 0,02 0,25
16.3 TABLE: Dielectric strength P

Test voltage applied between: Test potential applied Breakdown / flashover
(V) (Yes/No)
Live parts and accessible non-metallic material parts 3000 No
17 TABLE: Overload protection N/A

Thermocouple locations Max. temperature rise Max. temperature rise
measured, Δ T (K) limit, Δ T (K)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

17 TABLE: Overload protection, resistance method N/A

Test voltage (V) ....................................................: ⎯ ⎯
Ambient, t1 (C) ...................................................: ⎯ ⎯
Ambient, t2 (C) ...................................................: ⎯ ⎯
Temperature of winding R1 (Ω) R2 (Ω) Δ T (K) T (C) Max. T (°C)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

19 Abnormal operation conditions P

Operational characteristics YES/NO Operational conditions
Are there electronic circuits to Yes. The controller are set at the maximum cut-out
control the appliance operation? setting and minimum differential
Are there “off” or “stand-by” Yes The first paragraph of Part 1, clause 19.11.4 is
position? not applicable for stand-by mode since
unintentional operation does not cause any
hazards.
The unintended operation of the No. No mechanical hazard or dangerous malfunction
appliance results in dangerous
malfunction?
Sub-claus Operating Test results PEC EMP Software 19.11.3 Final
e conditions description description 19.11.4 type PEC result
description required
19.2 -- -- -- -- -- -- N/A
19.3 -- -- -- -- -- -- N/A
19.4 Stopping in Operate in -- -- -- -- P
any position correct
by remote functions,
control and No hazard
ON/OFF
switch
19.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- N/A
19.6 -- -- -- -- -- -- N/A
19.7 Fan motor is No hazard -- -- -- -- P
locked
Compressor No hazard -- -- -- -- P
is locked
19.8 -- -- -- -- -- -- N/A
19.9 -- -- -- -- -- -- N/A
19.10 -- -- -- -- -- -- N/A
19.11.2 Open circuit Operate until -- -- -- -- P
and short steady
circuit of conditions or
component. stopped to
operates, No
hazard
19.11.4.8 -- -- -- -- -- -- N/A
19.101 See in No hazard -- -- -- -- P
clause
19,101
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

19.7 TABLE: Abnormal operation, locked rotor/moving parts P

Test voltage (V) ................................................... : 230 V 50Hz ⎯
(Supplied to main terminal)
Ambient, t1 (C) ................................................... : 23 °C ⎯
Ambient, t2 (C) ................................................... : 23 °C ⎯
Fan motor winding model: ZKSN-160-8-3
- Maximum temperature during 1st hour ⎯ ⎯ 23,7 215 E
- Maximum temperature after 1st hour ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ E
- Average temperature after 1st hour ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ E
- Enclosure temperature ⎯ ⎯ 23,7 150 ⎯
19.7 TABLE: electric strength measurements after 72 hours P

Test voltage applied between: Test voltage (V) Breakdown
Yes / No
19.7 TABLE: leakage current measurements after 72 hours P

A voltage equal to twice the rated voltage (V): 460V ⎯
Leakage current I between: I (mA) Required I (mA)
Live parts and accessible metal parts (ZKSN-160-8-3) 0,01 2,0
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

19.7 Abnormal operation conditions – Locked rotor test motor-compressor P
Motor-compressor .................................................. : 7JD420XAA62

Start device ........................................................... : ⎯
Protector ................................................................. : ⎯
Start capacitor ....................................................... : ⎯
Run capacitor ...................................................... : ⎯
Cooling; (static); (fan-m3/h); (oil); .......................... : Static
Thermal motor-protection system ........................ : ⎯
Manually
Self-resetting
reset
Vn max
Rated voltage Vn max (V) Vn min (V)
(V)
After After After After After
72 h 288 h 360 h 363 h 50 cycles
High-voltage test (see 16.3) ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ P
Leakage current (mA) (see 16.2) ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0,5
Electric strength (see 13.3) ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ N/A
Room temperature (C) (20 ± 5°C) ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 22,6
Number of cycles ( 2000 or 50) ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 50
Housing temperature (C) ( 150°C) ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 23,8
supplementary information: N/A
19.9 TABLE: Abnormal operation, running overload N/A

Test voltage (V) ....................................................: ⎯ ⎯
Ambient, t1 (C) ...................................................: ⎯ ⎯
Ambient, t2 (C) ...................................................: ⎯ ⎯
19.13 TABLE: Abnormal operation, temperature rises P

Thermocouple locations Max. temperature rise Max. temperature rise
measured, Δ T (K) limit, Δ T (K)
Wall 63,8 175
Insulation of supply cord 56,6 175
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

21.1 TABLE: Impact resistance P

Impacts per surface Surface tested Impact energy (Nm) Comments
Three Outdoor fan guard 0,5 No damage
Three Outdoor Handle 0,5 No damage
22.102 TABLE: Repeated drawing-offs N/A

Product Measured temperature (°C)
-- --
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

24.1 TABLE: Critical components information P

Object / part Manufacturer/ Type / model Technical data Standard Mark(s) of
No. trademark conformity1
)
Components Outdoor units model: WH-WDG05LE5; WH-WDG07LE5 and WH-WDG09LE5

Terminal Block Jinlong JXO-C7(5P) 600VAC; 35A; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
UL94V-0; IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Material: PBT IEC/EN 60335-2-40
(G30%)
Compressor Panasonic 7JD420XAA6 Class E IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
2 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Pressure Saginomiya ACB-4UB OFF:3,9MPa; IEC/EN 12263 TUV
Switch ON:3,0MPa Rheinland
Fan Motor Welling ZKSN-160-8-3 280-340VDC; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
8P; IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
120W; Class E IEC/EN 60335-2-40
4 Way Valve San Hua SQ-D 15,4VDC; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
Coil 0,7W; Class B IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Expansion FUJIKOKI CAM-MD 12VDC; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
Valve Coil 46Ω; Class A IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Reactor Qingdao yunlu R1839PPHA 50/60Hz; 18A; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
Energy technology 3,9mH; 67mΩ; IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Class H IEC/EN 60335-2-40
PCB Panasonic R-1786 CEM3; UL94V- IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
PCB NANYA PLASTIC CEM-3-10 CEM3; UL94V- IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
(Alternative) 0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
PCB SHENGYI S2126 CEM3; UL94V- IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
(Alternative) 0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Switching Dezhou Sanhe SANHE-28- Class E IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
Transformer 609 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
T200 IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Bobbin Sumitomo PM-9820 Phenolic resin IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
Switching Bakelite UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Transformer GWFI 850°C IEC/EN 60335-2-40
T200
Noise Filter Dezhou Sanhe SH-T38-009 6,0mH; Class E IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
LF100 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Bobbin CHANG CHUN -- PBT IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in

Noise Filter PLASTICS UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
LF100 IEC/EN 60335-2-40
X Capacitor Okaya LE 310V; 1,0μF IEC/EN 60384-14 SE-ENEC-
C101, C102 2200776
X Capacitor Panasonic ECQUL 275V; 1,0μF IEC/EN 60384-14 VDE:
C101; C102 121548
(Alternative)
X Capacitor Winday SMXDG 275V; 1,0μF IEC/EN 60384-14 ENEC/VDE:
C101; C102 Electronic 40030283
(Alternative)
X Capacitor Okaya LE 275V; 3,3μF IEC/EN 60384-14 SE-ENEC-
C103 2200776
X Capacitor Winday SMXDG 275V; 3,3μF IEC/EN 60384-14 ENEC/VDE:
C103 Electronic 40030283
(Alternative)
Y Capacitor Okaya YF 300V; 0,01μF IEC/EN 60384-14 SE-ENEC-
C105; C108; 2100747
C109; C111
Y Capacitor TDK CS 250V; 2200pF IEC/EN 60384-14 VDE:
C100 40029781
Y Capacitor EG DCF 250V; 2200pF IEC/EN 60384-14 VDE:
C100 40015758
(Alternative)
Y Capacitor MURATA SA 250V; 100pF IEC/EN 60384-14 VDE：
C106A; C107A; 40042990
C110A; C112A
Y Capacitor EG DCF 250V; 100pF IEC/EN 60384-14 VDE：
C106A; C107A; 40015758
C110A; C112A
(Alternative)
Varistor Thinking TVR 510V IEC/EN 61051-1 VDE:
VA100; VA101; IEC/EN 61051-2 005944
VA200 IEC/EN 61051-2-2
Varistor Panasonic ERZV 510V IEC/EN 61051-1 VDE:
VA100; VA101; IEC/EN 61051-2 005912
VA200 IEC/EN 61051-2-2
(Alternative)
Varistor Centra Science CNR 510V IEC/EN 61051-1 VDE:
VA100; VA101; IEC/EN 61051-2 40008220
VA200 IEC/EN 61051-2-2
(Alternative)
Varistor VA102 Centra Science CNR 1000V IEC/EN 61051-1 VDE:
IEC/EN 61051-2 40008220
IEC/EN 61051-2-2
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Varistor VA102 Panasonic ERZV 1000V IEC/EN 61051-1 VDE:

(Alternative) IEC/EN 61051-2 005912
IEC/EN 61051-2-2
Varistor VA103 Centra Science CNR 620V IEC/EN 61051-1 VDE:
IEC/EN 61051-2 40008220
IEC/EN 61051-2-2
Varistor VA103 Panasonic ERZV 620V IEC/EN 61051-1 VDE:
IEC/EN 61051-2-2
Relay Daiichi DX1U 250V; 20A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
RY-AC; RY- IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
PWR2 IEC/EN 60335-2-40 and VDE:
IEC/EN 61810-1 40025802
IEC/EN 60079-15
Relay Omron G5NB 250V; 3A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
RY-HT1 ; RY- IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
HT2 IEC/EN 60335-2-40 and VDE:
IEC/EN 61810-1 137575
IEC/EN 60079-15
Fuse1 Nippon Seisen GDU 250V; 30A IEC/EN 60127-2 SEMKO:
1700093
Fuse1 S.O.C. TLCR 250V; 30A IEC/EN 60127-1 VDE
Fuse1 Hollyland 61T(P) 250V; 30A IEC/EN 60127-2+A1 SEMKO:
(Alternative) 1815434
Fuse2; 5 S.O.C. SET 250V; 3,15A IEC/EN 60127-2+A1 SEMKO:
1815434
Fuse2; 5 Nippon Seisen FSL 250V; 3,15A IEC/EN 60127-2 SEMKO:
Fuse2; 5 Hollyland 50T 250V; 3,15A IEC/EN 60127-2 VDE:
Fuse3; 4 Nippon Seisen FCR 250V; 20A IEC/EN 60127-2 JET2014-
31003
SEN1 Asahi Kasei CQ 50A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
PTC Dandong guotong MZ-47R 280VAC; 27A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
electronic 47Ω IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
PTC Dandong guotong MZ9247RN 280VAC; 27A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
(Alternative) electronic 47Ω IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Photo Coupler Lite On LTV-816 5000V IEC/EN 60747-5-5 VDE:
PC200; 300 40015248
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Photo Coupler Everlight EL816 5000V IEC/EN 60747-5-5 VDE:

PC200; 300 132249
(Alternative)
Photo Coupler Renesas PS2581 5000V IEC/EN 62368-1 SEMKO:
PC200; 300 Electronics 1516323
(Alternative)
PC400 132249
PC400 40015248
(Alternative)
PC400 Electronics 1516323
(Alternative)
PC401 132249
PC401 40015248
(Alternative)
PC401 Electronics 1516323
(Alternative)
Connector; ZHEJIAN ZUCH HW6204J 600V/15A; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
CN-COMP Technology PA66 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
UL94-V0 IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Connector; JST VL 600V/20A; PA6 IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
CN-COMP UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
(Alternative) IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Connector; JST VH 250V; 7A; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
CN-FM1 PBT; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Connector; Yeon Ho YW 250V; 7,5A; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
CN-FM1 PBT; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Connector; ZHEJIAN ZUCH HW3960J 250V; 10A; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
CN-FM1 Technology PA66; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Connector; CWB VH 250V; 7A; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
CN-FM1 PA66; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
CN-HT2 PA66; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Connector; Yeon Ho YW 250V; 7,5A; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in

CN-HT2 PBT; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
CN-HT2 Technology PA66; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
CN-HT2 PA66; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
CN-HOT PA66; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Connector; YEONHO YW 250V; 7,5A; IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
CN-HOT Technology PA66; UL94V-0 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Diode Bridge YANGJIE YBS 1000V/2A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
DB200 ELECTRONIC IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Diode Bridge Lite On MSB 1000V/2A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
DB200 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Diode Bridge YANGJIE GBJ 600V/25A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
DB300 ELECTRONIC IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Transistor Renesas RJH65T04B 650V/30A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
Q300, Q301 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Transistor Fuji Erectric 6MBP20XSC0 600V/20A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
Module 60-50-F1 IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Q500 IEC/EN 60335-2-40
Transistor Mitsubishi PSS20S93E6- 600V/20A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
Module Electric C IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Q500 IEC/EN 60335-2-40
(Alternative)
Transistor Mitsubishi SLIMDIP-L 600V/15A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
Module Electric IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Q800 IEC/EN 60335-2-40
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Transistor SILAN SDM15L60RA 600V/15A IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in

Module IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
Q800 IEC/EN 60335-2-40
(Alternative)
Capacitor Nantong CD297 400V/720μF IEC/EN 60335-1 Tested in
C308, C309 Jianghai IEC/EN 60335-2-21 Appliance
IEC/EN 60335-2-40
1
) Provided evidence ensures the agreed level of compliance. See OD-CB2039.
24.102.1 TABLE: Operating of thermal cut-out N/A

Product Measured temperature (°C)
-- --
24.102.2 TABLE: Operating of thermal cut-out N/A

Measured temperature (°C)
Product
Thermal cut-out Water
-- -- --
28.1 TABLE: Threaded part torque test P

Threaded part Diameter of thread Column number Applied torque (Nm)
identification (mm) (I, II, or III)
Earth screw 4,86 II 2,0
(Outdoor unit) (On panel)
Terminal screw 4,86 II 2,0
(Outdoor unit) (On panel)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

29.1 TABLE: Clearances P

Overvoltage category ..................... ............... ... II ⎯
.......................................................... ............... ... :
Type of insulation:
Rated Min. cl (mm) Basic Supplementar Reinforced Functional Verdict /
impulse (mm) y (mm) (mm) Remark
voltage (V): (mm)
330 0,2* / 0,5 / 0,8** – – – – N/A
500 0,2* / 0,5 / 0,8** – – – – N/A
800 0,2* / 0,5 / 0,8** – – – – N/A
1 500 0,5 / 0,8** / 1,0*** – – – – N/A
2 500 1,5 / 2,0*** 3,32a) 14,4 b) – 3,79c) P
4 000 3,0 / 3,5*** – – – – N/A
6 000 5,5 / 6,0*** – – – – N/A
8 000 8,0 / 8,5*** – – – – N/A
10 000 11,0 / 11,5*** – – – – N/A
*) For tracks on printed circuit boards if pollution degree 1 and 2
**) For pollution degree 3
***) If the construction is affected by wear, distortion, movement of the parts or during assembly
a) Measure between different potential pin L to G on PCB. (ACXA73-48340)
b) Measure between sensor outdoor unit to accessible part
c) Measure between potential pin of Fuse4 on PCB. (ACXA73-48340)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

29.2 TABLE: Creepage distances, basic, supplementary and reinforced insulation P

Working voltage Creepage distance
(V) (mm)
Pollution degree
1 2 3 Type of
insulation
Material group Material group
I II IIIa/IIIb I II IIIa/IIIb* B** S** R** Verdict
50 0,18 0,6 0,85 1,2 1,5 1,7 1,9 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
50 0,18 0,6 0,85 1,2 1,5 1,7 1,9 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
50 0,36 1,2 1,7 2,4 3,0 3,4 3,8 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
125 0,28 0,75 1,05 1,5 1,9 2,1 2,4 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
125 0,28 0,75 1,05 1,5 1,9 2,1 2,4 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
125 0,56 1,5 2,1 3,0 3,8 4,2 4,8 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
250 0,56 1,25 1,8 2,5 3,2 3,6 4,0 3,29 ⎯ ⎯ P
a)
250 0,56 1,25 1,8 2,5 3,2 3,6 4,0 ⎯ 14,4 ⎯ P

b)
250 1,12 2,5 3,6 5,0 6,4 7,2 8,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A

400 1,0 2,0 2,8 4,0 5,0 5,6 6,3 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
400 1,0 2,0 2,8 4,0 5,0 5,6 6,3 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
400 2,0 4,0 5,6 8,0 10,0 11,2 12,6 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
500 1,3 2,5 3,6 5,0 6,3 7,1 8,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
500 1,3 2,5 3,6 5,0 6,3 7,1 8,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
500 2,6 5,0 7,2 10,0 12,6 14,2 16,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
630 and 800 1,8 3,2 4,5 6,3 8,0 9,0 10,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
630 and 800 1,8 3,2 4,5 6,3 8,0 9,0 10,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
630 and 800 3,6 6,4 9,0 12,6 16,0 18,0 20,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
800 and 1000 2,4 4,0 5,6 8,0 10,0 11,0 12,5 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
800 and 1000 2,4 4,0 5,6 8,0 10,0 11,0 12,5 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
800 and 1000 4,8 8,0 11,2 16,0 20,0 22,0 25,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
1000 and 1250 3,2 5,0 7,1 10,0 12,5 14,0 16,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
1000 and 1250 3,2 5,0 7,1 10,0 12,5 14,0 16,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
1000 and 1250 6,4 10,0 14,2 20,0 25,0 28,0 32,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
1250 and 1600 4,2 6,3 9,0 12,5 16,0 18,0 20,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

1250 and 1600 4,2 6,3 9,0 12,5 16,0 18,0 20,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
1250 and 1600 8,4 12,6 18,0 25,0 32,0 36,0 40,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
1600 and 2000 5,6 8,0 11,0 16,0 20,0 22,0 25,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
1600 and 2000 5,6 8,0 11,0 16,0 20,0 22,0 25,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
1600 and 2000 11,2 16,0 22,0 32,0 40,0 44,0 50,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
2000 and 2500 7,5 10,0 14,0 20,0 25,0 28,0 32,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
2000 and 2500 7,5 10,0 14,0 20,0 25,0 28,0 32,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
2000 and 2500 15,0 20,0 28,0 40,0 50,0 56,0 64,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
2500 and 3200 10,0 12,5 18,0 25,0 32,0 36,0 40,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
2500 and 3200 10,0 12,5 18,0 25,0 32,0 36,0 40,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
>2500 and 3200 20,0 25,0 36,0 50,0 64,0 72,0 80,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
3200 and 4000 12,5 16,0 22,0 32,0 40,0 45,0 50,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
3200 and 4000 12,5 16,0 22,0 32,0 40,0 45,0 50,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
3200 and 4000 25,0 32,0 44,0 64,0 80,0 90,0 100,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
4000 and 5000 16,0 20,0 28,0 40,0 50,0 56,0 63,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
4000 and 5000 16,0 20,0 28,0 40,0 50,0 56,0 63,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
4000 and 5000 32,0 40,0 56,0 80,0 100,0 112,0 126,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
5000 and 6300 20,0 25,0 36,0 50,0 63,0 71,0 80,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
5000 and 6300 20,0 25,0 36,0 50,0 63,0 71,0 80,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
5000 and 6300 40,0 50,0 72,0 100,0 126,0 142,0 160,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
6300 and 8000 25,0 32,0 45,0 63,0 80,0 90,0 100,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
6300 and 8000 25,0 32,0 45,0 63,0 80,0 90,0 100,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
6300 and 8000 50,0 64,0 90,0 126,0 160,0 180,0 200,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
8000 and 10000 32,0 40,0 56,0 80,0 100,0 110,0 125,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
8000 and 10000 32,0 40,0 56,0 80,0 100,0 110,0 125,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
8000 and 10000 64,0 80,0 112,0 160,0 200,0 220,0 250,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
10000 and 12500 40,0 50,0 71,0 100,0 125,0 140,0 160,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
10000 and 12500 40,0 50,0 71,0 100,0 125,0 140,0 160,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
10000 and 12500 80,0 100,0 142,0 200,0 250,0 280,0 320,0 ⎯ ⎯ N/A
*) Material group IIIb is allowed if the working voltage does not exceed 50 V
**) B = Basic insulation, S = Supplementary insulation, R = Reinforced insulation
a) Measure between different potential pin L to G on PCB. (ACXA73-48340)
b) Measure between sensor outdoor unit to accessible part
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

29.2 TABLE: Creepage distances, functional insulation P

Working voltage Creepage distance
(V) (mm)
Pollution degree
1 2 3
Material group Material group
I II IIIa/IIIb I II IIIa/IIIb* Verdict / Remark
10 0,08 0,4 0,4 0,4 1,0 1,0 1,0 N/A
50 0,16 0,56 0,8 1,1 1,4 1,6 1,8 N/A
125 0,25 0,71 1,0 1,4 1,8 2,0 2,2 N/A
250 0,42 1,0 1,4 2,0 2,5 2,8 3,2 P (3,79mm) a)
400 0,75 1,6 2,2 3,2 4,0 4,5 5,0 N/A
500 1,0 2,0 2,8 4,0 5,0 5,6 6,3 N/A
630 and 800 1,8 3,2 4,5 6,3 8,0 9,0 10,0 N/A
800 and 1000 2,4 4,0 5,6 8,0 10,0 11,0 12,5 N/A
1000 and 1250 3,2 5,0 7,1 10,0 12,5 14,0 16,0 N/A
1250 and 1600 4,2 6,3 9,0 12,5 16,0 18,0 20,0 N/A
1600 and 2000 5,6 8,0 11,0 16,0 20,0 22,0 25,0 N/A
2000 and 2500 7,5 10,0 14,0 20,0 25,0 28,0 32,0 N/A
2500 and 3200 10,0 12,5 18,0 25,0 32,0 36,0 40,0 N/A
3200 and 4000 12,5 16,0 22,0 32,0 40,0 45,0 50,0 N/A
4000 and 5000 16,0 20,0 28,0 40,0 50,0 56,0 63,0 N/A
5000 and 6300 20,0 25,0 36,0 50,0 63,0 71,0 80,0 N/A
6300 and 8000 25,0 32,0 45,0 63,0 80,0 90,0 100,0 N/A
8000 and 10000 32,0 40,0 56,0 80,0 100,0 110,0 125,0 N/A
10000 and 12500 40,0 50,0 71,0 100,0 125,0 140,0 160,0 N/A
*) Material group IIIb is allowed if the working voltage does not exceed 50 V
a) Measure between potential pin of Fuse4 on PCB. (ACXA73-48340)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

30.1 TABLE: Ball Pressure Test of Thermoplastics P

Allowed impression diameter (mm) ................ : ≤ 2,0 mm ⎯
Object/ Part No./ Material Manufacturer/ Test temperature (C) Impression diameter (mm)
trademark
PCB. (ACXA73-48340) Panasonic 125 1,2
PCB. (ACXA73-48340) NANYA PLASTIC 125 1,2
(Alternative use)
PCB. (ACXA73-48340) SHENGYI 125 1,3
(Alternative use)
Connector, CN-PWR JST 125 1,1
Connector, CN-PWR Yeon Ho 125 1,1
(Alternative)
Connector, CN-PWR ZHEJIAN ZUCH 125 1,3
(Alternative) Technology
Terminal Block Jinlong 125 1,2
Switching Transformer Dezhou Sanhe 125 1,1
T200
Noise Filter LF100 Dezhou Sanhe 125 0,7
Connector, CN-COMP ZHEJIAN ZUCH 125 1,4
Technology
Connector, CN-COMP JST 125 1,4
(Alternative)
Connector, CN-FM1 JST 125 0,9
Connector, CN-HOT JST 125 1,1
Connector, CN-HOT YEONHO 125 1,1
(Alternative)
Connector, CN-HOT ZHEJIAN ZUCH 125 1,3
Control box outdoor unit -- 75 1,0
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

30.2/ TABLE: Needle- flame test (NFT) P

30.2.4
Object/ Part No./ Manufacturer/ Duration of Ignition of Duration of
Material trademark application of test specified layer burning (tb) Verdict
flame (ta); (s) Yes/No (s)
PCB. (ACXA73- Panasonic
30 No 0 P
48340)
PCB. (ACXA73- NANYA PLASTIC
48340) (Alternative 30 No 0 P
use)
PCB. (ACXA73- SHENGYI
48340) (Alternative 30 No 0 P
use)
NFT not relevant (or applicable) for Parts of material classified as V-0 or V-1
NFT not relevant (or applicable) for Base material of PCBs classified as V-0 or if relevant VTM-0
30.2 TABLE: Resistance to heat and fire - Glow wire tests P

Object/ Glow wire test (GWT); (°C)
Manufacturer
Part No./
/ 650 750 Verdict
Material 550 850
trademark
te ti te ti
Connector, JST -- -- -- X/-- X/-- X P
CN-PWR
Connector, Yeon Ho -- -- -- X/-- X/-- X P
CN-PWR
(Alternative)
Connector, ZHEJIAN -- -- -- X/-- X/-- X P
CN-PWR ZUCH
Terminal Jinlong -- -- -- X/-- X/-- X P
Block
Switching Dezhou -- -- -- X/-- X/-- X P
Transformer Sanhe
T200
Noise Filter Dezhou -- -- -- X/-- X/-- X P
LF100 Sanhe
CN-COMP ZUCH
Technology
CN-COMP
(Alternative)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40


CN-FM1
CN-HOT
Connector, YEONHO -- -- -- X/-- X/-- X P
CN-HOT
(Alternative)
CN-HOT ZUCH
Control box -- X/-- -- -- -- -- -- P
outdoor unit
Object/ Manufacturer Glow-wire flammability index GW ignition temp.

Part No./ / (GWFI), °C (GWIT), °C Verdict
Material trademark 550 650 750 850 675 775
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
The test specimen passed the glow wire test (GWT) with no ignition [(t e – ti) ≤ 2s] (Yes/No) : Yes
If no, then surrounding parts passed the needle-flame test of annex E (Yes/No) .................. : N/A
The test specimen passed the test by virtue of most of the flaming material being withdrawn No
with the glow-wire (Yes/No)? ................................................................................................ :
Ignition of the specified layer placed underneath the test specimen (Yes/No)..................... : No
550 °C GWT not relevant (or applicable) to parts of material classified at least HB40 or if relevant HBF
The GWIT pre-selection option, the 850 °C GWFI pre-selection option, and the 850 °C GWT are not
relevant (or applicable) for attended appliances.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Appendix EMF P
TEST: Evaluation of the magnetic fields --
Applied standards: IEC 62233:2005, EN 62233:2008 (incl. Corr.1:2008) --
Method Used method: 5.5.2 Time domain evaluation —
Applied Limit ICNIRP Guidelines —
Identification of the appliance Type of apparatus Air-to-water Hydromodule + Tank
(Indoor unit)
Rated Voltage 230V
Rated Frequency 50Hz
Parameters required prior to the Laboratory Ambient Temperature 25 °C ± 10 °C
test
Supply Voltage (Rated Voltage ± 2 %) V
Supply Frequency (Rated Frequency ± 2 %) Hz
Parameters recorded during the test Laboratory Ambient Temperature 30°C
Supply Voltage 230V
Supply Frequency 50HZ
Operating Mode Cooling and heating mode
Method 5.5.2
Measuring Positions Measuring Distance Coupling Factor Measurement Uncertainty
Round 30 0,18 N/A
Frequency (kHz) Limit (%) Measured Maximum Value (%)
0,01 to 400 100 8,9
The measured maximum value in this table may be weighted with the coupling factor if applicable, and the
measurement uncertainty is applied if the measured result is more than 75 % of the limit.
This result is reported by maximum result of WH-ADC0509L6E5AN and WH-ADC0509L3E5B
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Attachment No.1: List of test equipment
Testing / measuring
Measurement / Last Calibration Calibration
Clause equipment / material used, Range used
testing date due date
(Equipment ID)
19,7 Temperature Graphtec data logger with (-100) – 400 ̊C 26 January 2023 25 January
sensors 2024
(Temperature data logger)
(H30929480)
19,7 Voltage Digital power meter 0 – 600V 26 January 2023 25 January
(91M627786) 0 – 20A 2024
19,7 Current Digital multimeter 0 – 50A 25 January 2023 24 January

(17430062) 2024
19,7 Voltage Withstand Voltage Tester 700V – 20kV 26 January 2023 25 January
(12097528) 2024
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

DIFFERENCES, 2019-11-01
IEC60335_2_21&40G ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT TO TEST REPORT
IEC 60335-2-21 & 40
EUROPEAN GROUP DIFFERENCES AND NATIONAL DIFFERENCES
(PART 2: PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER HEATERS & PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS FOR
ELECTRICAL HEAT PUMPS, AIR-CONDITIONERS AND DEHUMIDIFIERS)
EN 60335-2-21 2003 + A1:2005 + A2:2008 and EN 60335-2-40 2003
+ A11:2004 + A12:2005 + A1:2006 +A2 :2009 +A13: 2012 used in
conjunction with
Differences according to ............... :
EN 60335-1:2012+ AC:2014 + A11:2014 + A13:2017 + A1:2019 +
A14:2019 + A2:2019
EN 62233:2008+AC :2008
Attachment Form No. ..................... : EU_GD_IEC60335_2_21&40G
Attachment Originator ................... : LCIE
Master Attachment ......................... : 2019-11-01
Copyright © 2019 IEC System for Conformity Testing and Certification of Electrical Equipment
(IECEE), Geneva, Switzerland. All rights reserved.
CENELEC COMMON MODIFICATIONS (EN) —

6.1 Delete “class 0” and “class 01” N/A
7.1 Single-phase appliances to be connected to the P
supply mains: 230 V covered
Multi-phase appliances to be connected to the N/A
7.12 The instructions include the substance of the P
following:
- this appliance can be used by children aged from P
8 years and above and persons with reduced
physical, sensory or mental capabilities or lack of
experience and knowledge if they have been given
supervision or instruction concerning use of the
appliance in a safe way and understand the
hazards involved
- children shall not play with the appliance P
- cleaning and user maintenance shall not be P
made by children without supervision
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

7.12.1 For appliances that are intended to be N/A

permanently connected to fixed wiring, and have a
leakage current that may exceed 10 mA, The
installation instructions shall state that the
installation of a residual current device (RCD)
having a rated residual operating current not
exceeding 30 mA is advisable. . (EN 60335-2-40)
For appliances not accessible to the general public N/A
and which are intended to be permanently
connected to fixed wiring and which may have
leakage currents exceeding 10 mA, the installation
instructions shall specify the rating of the residual
current device (RCD) to be installed.
(EN 60335-2-40)
8.1.1 Also test probe 18 of EN 61032 is applied P
The appliance being in every possible position P
during the test, except that
appliances normally used on the floor and having P
a mass exceeding 40 kg are not tilted
The force on the probe in the straight position is P
increased to 10 N when probe 18 is used
When using test probe 18 the appliance is fully P
assembled as in normal use without any parts
removed, and
parts intended to be removed for user P
maintenance are also not removed
8.1.3 Instead of test probe B, test probe 18 and test N/A
probe 13, for appliances other than those of class
II, test probe 41 of IEC 61032 is applied with a
force not exceeding 1 N to live parts of visibly
glowing heating elements, all poles of which can
be disconnected by a single switching action
8.2 Compliance is checked by inspection and by P
applying the test probes of EN 61032 in
accordance with the conditions specified in 8.1.1
Test probe B and probe 18 of EN 61032 are P
applied to built-in appliances and fixed appliances
only after installation
13.2 For stationary class I appliances, the leakage P
current may exceed 3.5mA but shall not exceed 2
mA per kilowatt rated power input with a maximum
value of 10 mA for appliances accessible to the
general public, and a maximum value of 30 mA for
appliances not accessible to the general public.
(EN 60335-2-40)
16.2 For stationary class I appliances, the leakage P
current may exceed 3.5mA but shall not exceed 2
mA per kilowatt rated power input with a maximum
value of 10 mA for appliances accessible to the
general public, and a maximum value of 30 mA for
appliances not accessible to the general public.
(EN 60335-2-40)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

15.1.2 Appliances with an automatic cord reel tested with N/A

the cord in the most unfavourable position so that
the reeling of the wet cord may affect electrical
insulation during operation, the cord not being
dried before reeling
20.2 For appliances having dangerous moving parts, N/A
due to their working function, e.g. the needle of a
sewing machine, tools of kitchen machines or the
blade of an electrical knife, full protection is not
possible for performing their intended use
When using the test probe similar to test probe B P
of EN 61032, having a circular stop face and
applied with a force of 5N, the accessories and
detachable covers are removed
Test probe 18 applied with a force of 2,5N on the P
appliance fully assembled
22.12 Other parts intended to be detached during use, N/A
maintenance or cleaning (e.g. batteries, battery
covers, lids, attachments, steam nozzles) are not
considered as parts providing a similar function as
handles, knobs, grips, levers
22.17 The requirement is not applicable to built-in N/A
appliances
24.1 Components comply with the safety requirements P
specified in the relevant standards as far as they
reasonably apply
The requirements of Clause 29 of this standard P
apply between live parts of components and
accessible parts of the appliance.
The requirements of 30.2 of this standard apply to P
parts of non-metallic material in components
including parts of non-metallic material supporting
current-carrying connections inside components
Components that have not been previously tested P
or do not comply with the standard for the relevant
requirements of 30.2
Components that have been previously tested and shown to comply with the —
resistance to fire requirements in the standard for the relevant component need not
be retested provided that:
- the severity specified in the component standard P
is not less than the severity specified in 30.2, and
- the test report for the component states whether P
it complied with the standard for the relevant
component with or without flame, flames not
exceeding 2 s during the test are ignored
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Unless components have been previously tested P

and found to comply with the relevant standard for
the number of cycles specified, they are tested in
accordance with 24.1.1 to 24.1.9
For components mentioned in 24.1.1 to 24.1.9, no P
additional tests specified in the relevant standard
for the component are necessary other than those
specified in 24.1.1 to 24.1.9
Components that have not been separately tested P
and found to comply with the relevant standard,
and
components that are not marked or not used in P
accordance with their marking,
are tested in accordance with the conditions P
occurring in the appliance, the number of samples
being that required by the relevant standard
Lamp holders and starter holders that have not N/A
been previously tested and found to comply with
the relevant standard are tested as a part of the
appliance and additionally comply with the
gauging and interchangeability requirements of the
relevant standard under the conditions occurring in
the appliance
Where the relevant standard specifies these N/A
gauging and interchangeability requirements at
elevated temperatures, the temperatures
measured during the tests of Clause 11 are used
Plugs and socket-outlets and other connecting N/A
devices of interconnection cords are not
listed in IEC/TR 60083 or IEC 60906-1, or
with connectors and appliance inlets complying N/A
with the standard sheets of IEC 60320-1,
if direct supply to these parts from the supply N/A
mains gives rise to a hazard
24.1.7 If the remote operation of the appliance is via a N/A
telecommunication network, the relevant standard
for the telecommunication interface circuitry in the
appliance is EN 41003
Compliance with Clause 8 of this standard is not N/A
impaired by connecting the appliance to a device
covered by EN 41003
24.Z1 Type S2 and S3 capacitors according to EN N/A
60252-1 are not required to undergo the testing as
required by 30.2.2 and 30.2.3.1
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

24.102.2 During the test, compliance with 19.13 shall not be P

impaired. (EN 60335-2-21)
25.1 Plugs and pins for insertion into socket outlets N/A
follow the relevant standards sheets in Annex ZH
25.7 Rubber sheathed cords (60245 IEC 53) are not N/A
suitable for appliances intended to be used
outdoors or
when they are liable to be exposed to significant N/A
amount of ultraviolet radiation
25.25 Instead of IEC/TR 60083, dimensions of the pins N/A
and engagement face of plugs of appliances that
are inserted into socket-outlets are in accordance
with the dimensions of the relevant plug standard
Common plugs and socket-outlets types in N/A
CENELEC countries as shown in Annex ZH
26.11 Conductors connected by soldering are not N/A
considered to be positioned or fixed so that
reliance is not placed upon the soldering alone to
maintain them in position unless they are held in
place near the terminals independently of the
solder
29.3.Z1 Appliance constructed so that if there is a N/A
possibility of damaging the insulation during
installation, the insulation withstands the scratch
and penetration test of 21.2
32 Compliance regarding electromagnetic fields is P
checked according to EN 62233
Annex I, The appliance is supplied at rated voltage and N/A
19.I.101 operated under normal operation with each of the
fault conditions specified
The duration of the test is as specified in 19.7 N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

GG.2 For non-fixed factory sealed single package units N/A

with a charge amount of m1<M2xm1, the
requirements of GG.Z1 apply. (EN 60335-2-40)
GG.Z1.1 When the appliance is switched on, a fan shall N/A
operate continuously supplying a minimum airflow
as under normal steady state conditions, event
when the compressor is switched off by the
thermostat. (EN 60335-2-40)
GG.Z1.2 The appliance shall withstand the effects of N/A
dropping and vibration during transport and normal
use without leaking refrigerant (EN 60335-2-40)
GG.Z1.2.1 Random vibration test for 180 min according to N/A
ASTM D 4728-01 as described. (EN 60335-2-40)
GG.Z1.2.2 Drops test in its final packaging, as described N/A
cm
Drop height (EN 60335-2-40)
GG.Z1.2.3 Drops test without its final packaging, as described N/A
cm
Drop height (EN 60335-2-40)
GG.Z1.2.4 Cycles 240h , each cycle the compressor runs 10 N/A
min + rest period 5 min. (EN 60335-2-40)
GG.Z1.3 The appliance shall be constructed so that its N/A
operation does not cause resonance points in the
piping connected to the compressor.
(EN 60335-2-40)
ZA ANNEX ZA (NORMATIVE) N/A
SPECIAL NATIONAL CONDITIONS
—
Denmark, Sweden, Norway and Finland —
7.12.8 The maximum inlet water pressure is at least 1,0 N/A
MPa :
—
Norway —
22.2 The second paragraph of this subclause, dealing P
with single-phase, permanently connected class I
appliances having heating elements, is not
applicable due to the supply system
—
Denmark —
22.47 The maximum inlet water pressure is at least 1,0 N/A
MPa :
—
Ireland and United Kingdom —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

25.8 In the table, the lines for 10 A and 16 A are replaced by: —
> 10 and ≤ 13 1,25 N/A
> 13 and ≤ 16 1,5 N/A
—
ZB ANNEX ZB (INFORMATIVE) —
A-DEVIATIONS
—
Ireland —
25.6 These regulations apply to all plugs for domestic N/A
use at a voltage of not less than 200 V and in
general allow only plugs complying with I.S.
401:1997, or equivalent, to be fitted to domestic
appliances
—
United Kingdom —
25.6 These regulations apply to all plugs for domestic N/A
use at a voltage of not less than 200 V and in
general allow only plugs to BS 1363 to be fitted to
domestic appliances. It also allows plugs to BS
4573 and EN 50075 to be fitted to shavers and
toothbrushes
—
ZC ANNEX ZC (NORMATIVE) —
NORMATIVE REFERENCES TO INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATIONS WITH
THEIR CORRESPONDING EUROPEAN PUBLICATIONS
A list of referenced documents in this standard P
—
ZD ANNEX ZD (INFORMATIVE) —
IEC and CENELEC CODE DESIGNATIONS FOR FLEXIBLE CORDS
A table with IEC and CENELEC code designations P
for flexible cords
ZE ANNEX ZE (INFORMATIVE) —
SPECIFIC ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLIANCES AND MACHINES
INTENDED FOR COMMERCIAL USE
7.1 Business name and full address of the N/A
manufacturer and, where applicable, his
authorized representative...................................... :
Model or type reference ........................................ : N/A
Serial number, if any ............................................. : N/A
Production year N/A
Designation of the appliance ................................. : N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

7.12 Instructions provided with the appliance so that the N/A

appliance can be used safely
The instructions contain at least the following information: —
- the business name and full address of the N/A
authorized representative
- model or type reference of the appliance as N/A
marked on the appliance itself, except for the
serial number
- the designation of the appliance together with its N/A
explanation in case it is given by a combination of
letters and/or numbers
- the general description of the appliance, when N/A
needed due to the complexity of the appliance
- specific precautions if required during installation, N/A
operation, adjusting, user maintenance, cleaning,
repairing or moving
- when needed drawings, diagrams, descriptions N/A
and explanations necessary for the safe use and
user maintenance of the appliance
- the possible reasonably foreseeable misuse and, N/A
whenever relevant, a warning against the effects it
may have on the safe use of the appliance
The words “Original instructions” appear on the N/A
language version(s) verified by the manufacturer
or by the authorized representative
When a translation of the original instructions has N/A
been provided by a person introducing the
appliance on the market; the meaning of the
sentence “Translation of the original instructions”
appear in the relevant instructions delivered with
the appliance
The instructions for maintenance/service to be N/A
done by specialized personnel, mandated by the
manufacturer or the authorized representative may
be supplied in only one Community language
which the specialized personnel understand
The instructions indicate the type and frequency of N/A
inspections and maintenance required for safe
operation including the preventive maintenance
measures
The instructions shall indicate the substance of the N/A
following: (EN 60335-2-40)
“This appliance is intended to be used by expert or
trained users in shops, in light industry and on
farms, or for commercial use by lay persons”.
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

7.12.ZE1 If needed for specific appliances, the following information to be given: —

• on use, transportation, assembly, N/A
dismantling when out of service, testing or
foreseeable breakdowns, if these
operations have consequences on stability
of the appliance in order to avoid
overturning, falling or uncontrolled
movements of the appliance or of its
component parts
• on how to maintain adequate mechanical N/A
stability when in use, during
transportation, assembly, dismantling,
scrapping and any other action involving
the appliance
• on the protective measures to be taken by N/A
the user, including, where appropriate, the
personal protective equipment to be
provided
• on the operating method to be followed in N/A
the event of accident or breakdown; if a
blockage is likely to occur the operating
method to safely unblock the appliance
• on the specifications on the spare parts to N/A
be used, when these affect the health and
safety of the operator
on airborne noise emissions, determined and declared in accordance with Annex —
ZAB , which includes: (EN 60335-2-40)
- The A-weighted emission sound pressure level N/A
at workstations, where this exceeds 70 dB(A). If
the A-weighted sound pressure level is below 70
dB, no value needs to be given, but the
instructions shall state that the A-weighted sound
pressure level is below 70 dB.;(EN 60335-2-40)
- where this level does not exceed 70 dB(A),this N/A
fact is indicated
- the peak C-weighted instantaneous sound N/A
pressure value at workstations, where this
exceeds 63 Pa (130 dB in relation to 20 μPa) :
- the A-weighted sound power level emitted by the N/A
machinery, where the A-weighted emission sound
pressure level at workstations exceeds 80 dB(A) :
7.12.ZE2 The instructions includes a warning to disconnect N/A
the appliance from its power source during service
and when replacing parts
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

If the removal of the plug is foreseen, it is clearly N/A

indicated that the removal of the plug has to be
such that an operator can check from any of the
points to which he has access that the plug
remains removed
If this is not possible, due to the construction of the N/A
appliance or its installation, a disconnection with a
locking system in the isolated position is provided
19.11.4.8 The appliance continues to operate, without N/A
causing any hazard to the user, from the same
point in its operating cycle at which the voltage
fluctuation occurred, or
a manual operation is required to restart it N/A
20.1 Appliances and their components and fittings have N/A
adequate mechanical stability during
transportation, assembly, dismantling and any
other action involving the appliance
Compliance is checked by inspection and the N/A
relevant tests as specified in Annex GG.
(EN 60335-2-40)
20.2 Dangerous moving transmission parts N/A
safeguarded either by design or guards
When guards are used, they are fixed guards, N/A
interlocking movable guards or protective devices
Moving parts directly involved in the function of the appliance which cannot be —
made completely inaccessible fitted with:
- fixed guards or interlocking movable guards N/A
preventing access to those sections of the parts
that are not used in the work, and
- adjustable guards restricting access to those N/A
sections of the moving parts where access is
necessary
Interlocking movable guards used where frequent N/A
access is required
adequate mechanical strength and is constructed
to withstand such rough handling that may be
expected in normal use, during transportation,
assembly, dismantling, scrapping and any other
action involving the appliance
22.ZE.1 For appliances provided with a seat, the seat gives N/A
adequate stability
The distance between the seat and the control N/A
devices capable of being adapted to the operator
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

22.ZE.2 For appliances provided with separate devices for N/A

the start and the stop functions, the stop function
is unambiguously identifiable and does always
override the start function
For appliances provided with one device N/A
performing the start and the stop function, the stop
function is unambiguously identifiable and does
always override the start function
22.ZE.3 Appliances designed in such a way that incorrect N/A
mounting is avoided, if this can lead to an unsafe
situation
If this is not possible, information on the correct N/A
mounting is given directly on the part and/or the
enclosure
22.ZE.4 Where the weight, size or shape prevents N/A
appliances from being moved manually, they are
fitted with attachments for lifting gear, or
so designed that they can be fitted with such N/A
attachments, or
be shaped in such a way that standard lifting gear N/A
can easily be used
Appliances to be moved manually are constructed N/A
or equipped so that they can be moved easily and
safely
22.ZE.5 The fixing systems of fixed guards which prevent N/A
access to dangerous moving transmission parts
only removable with the use of tools
If such guards have to be removed by the user for N/A
routine cleaning or maintenance their fixing
systems remain attached to the fixed guards or to
the machine after removal
Where possible, guards are incapable of N/A
remaining in place without their fixings
This does not apply if, after removal of the screws, N/A
or if the component is incorrectly repositioned, the
appliance becomes inoperative
Movable guards are interlocked N/A
The interlocking devices prevent the start of N/A
hazardous appliance functions until the guards are
fixed in their position, and give a stop command
whenever they are no longer closed
Where it is possible for an operator to reach the danger zone before the risk due to —
hazardous appliance functions has ceased, movable guards associated with a
guard locking device in addition to an interlocking device that:
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

- prevents the start of hazardous appliance N/A

functions until the guard is closed and locked, and
- keeps the guard closed and locked until the risk N/A
of injury from the hazardous appliance functions
has ceased
Interlocking movable guards remain attached to N/A
the appliance when open, and
they are designed and constructed in such a way N/A
that they can be adjusted only by means of an
intentional action
The guard is opened at the extent needed to N/A
cause the interlocking to operate and is then
closed. This operation is carried out for 5 000
cycles at a rate of 5 cycles per min. (EN
60335-2-40)
22.ZE.6 Interlocking movable guards designed in such a N/A
way that the absence or failure of one of their
components prevents starting or stops the
hazardous appliance functions
The guard is opened to the extent needed to N/A
closed, the number of operations being defined in
the specific Part 2 .................................................. :
After this test any defect that may be expected in N/A
normal use is applied to the interlock system,
including interruption of the supply, only one defect
being simulated at a time
After these tests the interlock system is fit for N/A
further use
22.ZE.7 Adjustable guards restricting access to areas of N/A
the moving parts strictly necessary for the work
are:
- adjustable manually or automatically, depending N/A
on the type of work involved, and
- readily adjustable without the use of tools N/A
22.ZE.8 In case of interruption, re-establishment after an N/A
interruption or fluctuation in whatever manner of
the power supply, the appliance does not restart
However, automatic restarting of the operation is N/A
allowed if the appliance may continue to operate,
without causing any hazard to the user, from the
same point in its operating cycle at which the
voltage interruption or fluctuation occurred
22.ZE.9 Appliances fitted with means to isolate them from N/A
all energy sources
Such isolators are clearly identified, and N/A
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

they are capable of being locked if reconnection N/A

endanger persons
After the energy source is disconnected, it is N/A
possible to dissipate any energy remaining or
stored in the circuits of the appliance without risk
to persons
ZF ANNEX ZF (INFORMATIVE) —
CRITERIA APPLIED FOR THE ALLOCATION OF PRODUCTS COVERED BY
STANDARDS IN THE EN 60335 SERIES UNDER LVD OR MD
List of standards under CENELEC/TC61 with the P
allocation under the LVD (Low Voltage Directive)
or the MD (Machinery Directive) ........................... :
—
ZG ANNEX ZG (NORMATIVE) —
UV APPLIANCES
The following modifications to this standard apply N/A
to appliances having UV emitters
This annex is not applicable to appliances covered N/A
by the scopes of IEC 60335-2-27, IEC 60335-2-59
or IEC 60335-2-109
7.12.ZG The instructions for appliances incorporating UVC N/A
emitters include the substance of the following:
WARNING — This appliance contains a UV
emitter. Do not stare at the light source
32 For appliances incorporating UV emitters the N/A
manufacturer delivers a declaration providing
evidence that the plastic material exposed to the
radiation is UV resistant
—
ZH ANNEX ZH (INFORMATIVE) —
Common plug and socket-outlet types in CENELEC countries
In general, supply cords of single-phase N/A
appliances having a rated current not exceeding
16 A are fitted with a plug complying with the
following standard sheets:
- for class I appliances or class II appliances with N/A
functional earth, standard sheet EU2, EU3 or EU4:
- for class II appliances, standard sheet EU5, EU6 N/A
or EU7 :
There are exemptions or differences in certain N/A
CENELEC countries
—
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

ZI ANNEX ZI (INFORMATIVE) —
Information on the application of A11:2014 to EN 60335-1:2012
CENELEC CLC/TC 61(SEC)2096A
Clarification of the application of parts 2 in P
conjunction with the 2002 or 2012 version of EN
60335-1
—
ZZA ANNEX ZZA (INFORMATIVE) —
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THIS EUROPEAN STANDARD AND THE SAFETY
OBJECTIVES OF DIRECTIVE 2014/35/EU [2014 OJ L96} AIMED TO BE
COVERED
This standard provides one means of conforming P
to safety objectives of Directive 2014/35/EU
When cited in the Official Journal under that P
Directive, compliance with the normative clauses
of this standard given in Table ZZA.1 confers a
presumption of conformity with the safety
objectives of that Directive and associated EFTA
regulations
Compliance with this Part 1 when used together P
with the relevant Part 2 provides one means of
conformity with the safety objectives
—
ZZB ANNEX ZZB (INFORMATIVE) —

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THIS EUROPEAN STANDARD AND THE
ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS OF DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EC AIMED TO BE
COVERED
to essential requirements of EU Directive
2006/42/EC
of this standard given in Table ZZB.1 confers a
presumption of conformity with the essential
requirements of that Directive and associated
EFTA regulations
with the relevant Part 2 provides one means of
conformity with the essential health and safety
requirements
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Annex EN 62233:2008
EMF- ELECTROMAGNETICS FIELDS
The tested product also complies with the requirements of EN 62233:2008+ —
AC:2008
Limit ……………100% Measured max.: 8,9 % (Max. P
result)
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC60335_2_21M ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT TO TEST REPORT
IEC 60335-2-21
EUROPEAN GROUP DIFFERENCES AND NATIONAL DIFFERENCES
HOUSEHOLD AND SIMILAR ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES – SAFETY –
PART 2-21: PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS FOR STORAGE WATER HEATERS
EN 60335-2-21:2021 + A1:2021 used in conjunction with

EN 60335-1:2012 + AC:2014 + A11:2014 + A13:2017 + A1:2019 +
Differences according to................ :
A14:2019 + A2:2019 + A15:2021
EN 62233:2008 + AC:2008
TRF template used ......................... : IECEE OD-2020-F2:2020, Ed. 1.1
Attachment Form No. ..................... : EU_GD_IEC60335_2_21M
Attachment Originator ................... : Nemko Group AS
Master Attachment ......................... : 2022-04-14
Copyright © 2022 IEC System for Conformity Testing and Certification of Electrical Equipment
(IECEE), Geneva, Switzerland. All rights reserved.
CENELEC COMMON MODIFICATIONS (EN) —

6.1 Delete “class 0” and “class 01” N/A
7.1 Single-phase appliances to be connected to the P
Multi-phase appliances to be connected to the N/A
7.12 The instructions include the substance of the following: —
- this appliance can be used by children aged from P
3 years and above and persons with reduced
physical, sensory or mental capabilities or lack of
experience and knowledge if they have been given
supervision or instruction concerning use of the
appliance in a safe way and understand the
hazards involved
- children aged from 3 to 8 years are only allowed P
to operate the tap connected to the water heater
- children shall not play with the appliance P
- cleaning and user maintenance shall not be P
made by children without supervision
8.1.1 Also test probe 18 of EN 61032 is applied P
The appliance being in every possible position P
during the test, except that
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

appliances normally used on the floor and having P
a mass exceeding 40 kg are not tilted
The force on the probe in the straight position is P
increased to 10 N when probe 18 is used
When using test probe 18 the appliance is fully P
assembled as in normal use without any parts
removed, and
parts intended to be removed for user P
maintenance are also not removed
8.1.3 Instead of test probe B, test probe 18 and test N/A
probe 13, for appliances other than those of class
II, test probe 41 of IEC 61032 is applied with a
force not exceeding 1 N to live parts of visibly
glowing heating elements, all poles of which can
be disconnected by a single switching action
8.2 Compliance is checked by inspection and by P
applying the test probes of EN 61032 in
accordance with the conditions specified in 8.1.1
Test probe B and probe 18 of EN 61032 are P
applied to built-in appliances and fixed appliances
only after installation
15.1.2 Appliances with an automatic cord reel tested with N/A
the cord in the most unfavourable position so that
the reeling of the wet cord may affect electrical
insulation during operation, the cord not being
dried before reeling
19.2 If there are separate thermostats in the phases of N/A
a three-phase water heater with star connection
(without neutral), all thermostats are short-circuited
simultaneously.
20.2 For appliances having hazardous moving parts, N/A
due to their working function, e.g. the needle of a
sewing machine, tools of kitchen machines or the
blade of an electrical knife, full protection is not
possible for performing their intended use
When using a test probe similar to test probe B of P
EN 61032, having a circular stop face and applied
with a force of 5N, the accessories and detachable
covers are removed
When using test probe 18 it is applied with a force P
of 2,5N on the appliance fully assembled
22.12 Other parts intended to be detached during use, N/A
maintenance or cleaning (e.g. batteries, battery
covers, lids, attachments, steam nozzles) are not
considered as parts providing a similar function as
handles, knobs, grips, levers
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

22.17 The requirement is not applicable to built-in N/A
appliances
22.44 An appliance is child-appealing if one of the following criteria is present: —
- appliance decorated using faces, cartoon like N/A
characters, or similar images
- appliance using shapes representing animals, N/A
characters, persons or scale models
An appliance is child-appealing if more than one of the following criteria are —
present:
- using non-functional light (functional light is e.g. N/A
illumination of an object or area, signal indicating
status of an appliance)
- using non-functional sound (e.g. music) N/A
- using non-functional movement N/A
If the appliance is child-appealing, has a mass less than 4 kg or is mounted or —
normally intended for use at a height less than 850 mm, the following conditions
shall be met:
- surface temperature rise requirements not N/A
exceeded
- hazardous moving parts not accessible N/A
- live parts not accessible N/A
- liquid temperature requirement not exceeded, N/A
unless for vessels in which two independent and N/A
sequential actions are needed to access the liquid
- the requirement of 22.12 is applicable for all N/A
accessible parts of the appliance
24.1 Components comply with the safety requirements P
specified in the relevant EN standards as far as
they reasonably apply
Motors are not required to comply with EN 60034- P
1, but tested as part of the appliance according to
this standard
Relays are tested as part of the appliance P
according to this standard
Relays may be alternatively tested to EN 60730-1 N/A
and the additional requirements in EN 60335-1
The requirements of Clause 29 of this standard P
apply between live parts of components and
accessible parts of the appliance
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Components may comply with the requirements P
for clearances and creepage distances for
functional insulation as specified in the relevant
component standard
The requirements of 30.2 of this standard apply to P
parts of non-metallic material in components
including parts of non-metallic material supporting
current-carrying connections inside components
Components that have not been tested and shown P
to comply with the EN standard for the relevant
requirements of 30.2 of this standard
Components that have been tested and shown to comply with the resistance to fire —
requirements in the EN standard for the relevant component need not be retested
provided that:
- the severity specified in the component standard P
is not less than the severity specified in 30.2, and
- the test report for the component states the P
values of te and ti acc. to EN 60695-2-11
If the above two conditions are not satisfied, the P
component is tested as part of the appliance
Power electronic converter circuits are not N/A
required to comply with EN 62477-1, but tested as
part of the appliance according to this standard
Unless components have been tested and found P
to comply with the relevant EN standard for the
number of cycles specified, they are tested in
accordance with 24.1.1 to 24.1.9
For components mentioned in 24.1.1 to 24.1.9, no P
additional tests specified in the relevant EN
standard for the component are necessary other
than those specified in 24.1.1 to 24.1.9
Components that have not been tested and found P
to comply with the relevant EN standard, and
components that are not marked or not used in P
accordance with their marking,
are tested in accordance with the conditions P
occurring in the appliance, the number of samples
being that required by the relevant standard
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Lamp-holders and starter-holders that have not N/A
been tested and found to comply with the relevant
EN standard are tested as a part of the appliance
and additionally comply with the gauging and
interchangeability requirements of the relevant EN
standard under the conditions occurring in the
appliance
Where the relevant EN standard specifies these N/A
gauging and interchangeability requirements at
elevated temperatures, the temperatures
measured during the tests of Clause 11 are used
There are no additional tests specified for N/A
nationally standardized plugs such as those
detailed in IEC/TR 60083 or connectors complying
with the standard sheets of EN 60320-1 and EN
60309, unless they are specifically mentioned in
the text of this standard
Plugs and socket-outlets and other connecting N/A
devices of interconnection cords are not
listed in IEC/TR 60083 or IEC 60906-1, or
with connectors and appliance inlets complying N/A
with the standard sheets of EN 60320-1, if
direct supply to these parts from the supply mains N/A
gives rise to a hazard
For plugs used in CENELEC countries Annex ZH N/A
applies
24.Z1 Type S2 and S3 capacitors according to EN N/A
60252-1 are not required to undergo the testing as
required by 30.2.2 and 30.2.3.1
25.1 Plugs and pins for insertion into socket outlets N/A
follow the relevant standards sheets in Annex ZH
25.7 Rubber sheathed cords (60245 IEC 53) are not N/A
suitable for appliances intended to be used
outdoors, or
when they are liable to be exposed to significant N/A
amount of ultraviolet radiation
25.25 Instead of IEC/TR 60083, dimensions of the pins N/A
and engagement face of plugs of appliances that
are inserted into socket-outlets are in accordance
with the dimensions of the relevant plug standard
Common plugs and socket-outlets types in N/A
CENELEC countries as shown in Annex ZH
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

26.11 Conductors connected by soldering are not N/A
considered to be positioned or fixed so that
reliance is not placed upon the soldering alone to
maintain them in position,
unless they are held in place near the terminals N/A
independently of the solder
29.3.Z1 Appliance constructed so that if there is a N/A
possibility of damaging the insulation during
installation, the insulation withstands the scratch
and penetration test of 21.2
32 Compliance regarding electromagnetic fields is P
checked according to EN 62233
Annex I, The appliance is supplied at rated voltage and N/A
19.I.101 operated under normal operation with each of the
fault conditions specified
The duration of any of the tests is as specified in N/A
19.7
—
ANNEX ZA (NORMATIVE) —
ZA
SPECIAL NATIONAL CONDITIONS (EN)
—
Denmark, Sweden, Norway and Finland —
7.12.8 The maximum inlet water pressure is at least 1,0 N/A
MPa .......................................................... .......... :
—
Norway —
19.5 The test is also applicable to appliances intended P
to be permanently connected to fixed wiring
—
Norway —
22.2 The second paragraph of this subclause, dealing P
with single-phase, permanently connected class I
appliances having heating elements, is not
applicable due to the supply system
—
22.101 Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden —
For closed water heaters, the minimum rated N/A
pressure is 1,0 MPa ............................................. :
—
22.102 Denmark —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Cold water inlets on the heated storage water P
heater, the safety valve and the blow out piping
have a clear flow diameter of at least Ø 20 mm ... :
—
Denmark —
22.47 The maximum inlet water pressure is at least 1,0 N/A
MPa .......................................................... .......... :
—
Ireland, United Kingdom and Cyprus —
25.8 In the table, the line >10 A and ≤16 A is replaced with: —
> 10 and ≤ 13 1,25 (1,0)b N/A
> 13 and ≤ 16 1,5 (1,0)b N/A
—
ANNEX ZB (INFORMATIVE)
ZB —
A-DEVIATIONS
—
24.101 United Kingdom —
An unvented water heater is fitted with two N/A
independent safety devices, in addition to the
thermostat used for normal temperature control.
These can be a non-self-resetting thermal cutout
and a temperature relief valve according to BS
6283 Part 2 or a combined temperature and
pressure relief valve according to BS EN 1490
—
24.102 United Kingdom —
The water temperature of the stored water does at N/A
no time exceed 100 °C
—
Ireland —
25.1 and These regulations apply to all plugs for domestic N/A
25.25 use at a voltage of not less than 200 V and in
general allow only plugs complying with I.S.
401:1997, or equivalent, to be fitted to domestic
appliances
—
United Kingdom —
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

25.1 and These regulations apply to all plugs for domestic N/A
25.25 use at a voltage of not less than 200 V and in
general allow only plugs to BS 1363 to be fitted to
domestic appliances.
It also allows plugs to BS 4573 and EN 50075 to N/A
be fitted to shavers and toothbrushes
—
ANNEX ZC (NORMATIVE)
ZC NORMATIVE REFERENCES TO INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATIONS WITH THEIR —
CORRESPONDING EUROPEAN PUBLICATIONS
A list of documents referred to in the text of this P
standard in such a way that some or all of their
content constitutes requirements of this document
—
ZD ANNEX ZD (INFORMATIVE) —
IEC and CENELEC CODE DESIGNATIONS FOR FLEXIBLE CORDS
List of IEC and CENELEC code designations for P
flexible cords
—
ZE ANNEX ZE (INFORMATIVE) —
SPECIFIC ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLIANCES AND MACHINES
INTENDED FOR COMMERCIAL USE
7.1 Business name and full address of the N/A
authorized representative ...................................... :
Model or type reference ........................................ : N/A
Serial number, if any N/A
Production year N/A
Designation of the appliance ................................. : N/A
7.12 Instructions provided with the appliance so that the N/A
appliance can be used safely
The instructions contain at least the following information: —
- the business name and full address of the N/A
authorized representative
- model or type reference of the appliance as N/A
marked on the appliance itself, except for the
serial number
- the designation of the appliance together with its N/A
explanation in case it is given by a combination of
letters and/or numbers
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

- the general description of the appliance, when N/A
needed due to the complexity of the appliance
- specific precautions required during installation, N/A
operation, adjusting, user maintenance, cleaning,
repairing or moving
- when needed drawings, diagrams, descriptions N/A
and explanations necessary for the safe use and
user maintenance of the appliance
- the possible reasonably foreseeable misuse and, N/A
whenever relevant, a warning against the effects it
may have on the safe use of the appliance
The words “Original instructions” appear on the N/A
language version(s) verified by the manufacturer
or by the authorized representative
When a translation of the original instructions has N/A
been provided by a person introducing the
appliance on the market; the meaning of the
sentence “Translation of the original instructions”
appear in the relevant instructions delivered with
the appliance
The instructions for maintenance/service to be N/A
done by specialized personnel, mandated by the
manufacturer or the authorized representative may
be supplied in only one Community language
which the specialized personnel understand
The instructions indicate the type and frequency of N/A
inspections and maintenance required for safe
operation including the preventive maintenance
measures
7.12.ZE1 If needed for specific appliances, the following information to be given: —
- on use, transportation, assembly, dismantling N/A
when out of service, testing or foreseeable
breakdowns, if these operations have
consequences on stability of the appliance in order
to avoid overturning, falling or uncontrolled
movements of the appliance or of its component
parts
- on how to maintain adequate mechanical stability N/A
when in use, during transportation, assembly,
dismantling, scrapping and any other action
involving the appliance
- on the protective measures to be taken by the N/A
user, including, where appropriate, the personal
protective equipment to be provided
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

- on the operating method to be followed in the N/A
event of accident or breakdown; if a blockage is
likely to occur the operating method to safely
unblock the appliance
- on the specifications on the spare parts to be N/A
used, when these affect the health and safety of
the operator
- on airborne noise emissions, determined and declared in accordance with the —
relevant Part 2, which includes:
- the A-weighted emission sound pressure N/A
level at workstations, where this exceeds
70 dB(A) ......................................................... ;
- where this level does not exceed 70 N/A
dB(A), this fact is indicated
- the peak C-weighted instantaneous N/A
sound pressure value at workstations,
where this exceeds 63 Pa (130 dB in
relation to 20 μPa) .......................................... :
- the A-weighted sound power level emitted N/A
by the machinery, where the A-weighted
emission sound pressure level at
workstations exceeds 80 dB(A) ..................... :
7.12.ZE2 The instructions include a warning to disconnect N/A
the appliance from its power source during service
and when replacing parts
If the removal of the plug is foreseen, it is clearly N/A
indicated that the removal of the plug is such that
an operator can check from any of the points to
which he has access that the plug remains
removed
If this is not possible, due to the construction of the N/A
appliance or its installation, a disconnection with a
locking system in the isolated position is provided
19.11.4.8 The appliance continues to operate, without N/A
causing any hazard to the user, from the same
point in its operating cycle at which the voltage
fluctuation occurred, or
a manual operation is required to restart it N/A
adequate mechanical stability during
transportation, assembly, dismantling and any
other action involving the appliance
20.2 Dangerous moving transmission parts N/A
safeguarded either by design or guards
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

When guards are used, they are fixed guards, N/A
interlocking movable guards or protective devices
Moving parts directly involved in the function of the appliance which cannot be —
made completely inaccessible fitted with:
- fixed guards or interlocking movable guards N/A
preventing access to those sections of the parts
that are not used in the work, and
- adjustable guards restricting access to those N/A
sections of the moving parts where access is
necessary
Interlocking movable guards used where frequent N/A
access is required
adequate mechanical strength and is constructed
to withstand such rough handling that may be
expected in normal use, during transportation,
assembly, dismantling, scrapping and any other
action involving the appliance
22.ZE.1 For appliances provided with a seat, the seat gives N/A
adequate stability
The distance between the seat and the control N/A
devices capable of being adapted to the operator
22.ZE.2 For appliances provided with separate devices for N/A
the start and the stop functions, the stop function
is unambiguously identifiable and does always
override the start function
For appliances provided with one device N/A
performing the start and the stop function, the stop
function is unambiguously identifiable and does
always override the start function
22.ZE.3 Appliances designed in such a way that incorrect N/A
mounting is avoided, if this can lead to an unsafe
situation
If this is not possible, information on the correct N/A
mounting is given directly on the part and/or the
enclosure
22.ZE.4 Where the weight, size or shape prevents N/A
appliances from being moved manually, they are
fitted with attachments for lifting gear, or
so designed that they can be fitted with such N/A
attachments, or
be shaped in such a way that standard lifting gear N/A
can easily be used
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Appliances to be moved manually are constructed N/A
or equipped so that they can be moved easily and
safely
22.ZE.5 The fixing systems of fixed guards which prevent N/A
access to dangerous moving transmission parts
only removable with the use of tools
If such guards have to be removed by the user for N/A
routine cleaning or maintenance their fixing
systems remain attached to the fixed guards or to
the machine after removal
Where possible, guards are incapable of N/A
remaining in place without their fixings
This does not apply if, after removal of the screws, N/A
or if the component is incorrectly repositioned, the
appliance becomes inoperative
Movable guards are interlocked N/A
The interlocking devices prevent the start of N/A
hazardous appliance functions until the guards are
fixed in their position, and give a stop command
whenever they are no longer closed
Where it is possible for an operator to reach the danger zone before the risk due to —
hazardous appliance functions has ceased, movable guards associated with a
guard locking device in addition to an interlocking device that:
- prevents the start of hazardous appliance N/A
functions until the guard is closed and locked, and
- keeps the guard closed and locked until the risk N/A
of injury from the hazardous appliance functions
has ceased
Interlocking movable guards remain attached to N/A
the appliance when open, and
they are designed and constructed in such a way N/A
that they can be adjusted only by means of an
intentional action
22.ZE.6 Interlocking movable guards designed in such a N/A
way that the absence or failure of one of their
components prevents starting or stops the
hazardous appliance functions
The guard is opened to the extent needed to N/A
closed, the number of operations being defined in
the specific Part 2 .................................................. :
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

After this test any defect that may be expected in N/A
normal use is applied to the interlock system,
including interruption of the supply, only one defect
being simulated at a time
After these tests the interlock system is fit for N/A
further use
22.ZE.7 Adjustable guards restricting access to areas of the moving parts strictly necessary —
for the work are:
- adjustable manually or automatically, depending N/A
on the type of work involved, and
- readily adjustable without the use of tools N/A
22.ZE.8 In case of interruption, re-establishment after an N/A
interruption or fluctuation in whatever manner of
the power supply, the appliance does not restart
However, automatic restarting of the operation is N/A
allowed if the appliance may continue to operate,
without causing any hazard to the user, from the
same point in its operating cycle at which the
voltage interruption or fluctuation occurred
22.ZE.9 Appliances fitted with means to isolate them from N/A
all energy sources
Such isolators are clearly identified, and N/A
they are capable of being locked if reconnection N/A
endanger persons
After the energy source is disconnected, it is N/A
possible to dissipate any energy remaining or
stored in the circuits of the appliance without risk
to persons
—
ZF ANNEX ZF (INFORMATIVE) —
CRITERIA APPLIED FOR THE ALLOCATION OF PRODUCTS COVERED BY
STANDARDS IN THE EN 60335 SERIES UNDER LVD OR MD
List of standards under CENELEC/TC61 with the P
allocation under the LVD (Low Voltage Directive)
or the MD (Machinery Directive) ........................... :
—
ZG ANNEX ZG (NORMATIVE) —
UV APPLIANCES
The following modifications to this standard apply N/A
to appliances having UV emitters
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

This annex is not applicable to appliances covered N/A
by the scopes of IEC 60335-2-27, IEC 60335-2-59
or IEC 60335-2-109
7.12.ZG The instructions for appliances incorporating UVC N/A
emitters include the substance of the following:
WARNING — This appliance contains a UV
emitter. Do not stare at the light source
32 For appliances incorporating UV emitters the N/A
manufacturer delivers a declaration providing
evidence that the plastic material exposed to the
radiation is UV resistant
—
ZH ANNEX ZH (INFORMATIVE) —
Common plug and socket-outlet types in CENELEC countries
In general, supply cords of single-phase appliances having a rated current not —
exceeding 16 A are fitted with a plug complying with the following standard sheets:
- for class I appliances or class II appliances with N/A
functional earth, standard sheet EU2, EU3 or EU4
.............................................................................. :
- for class II appliances, standard sheet EU5, EU6 N/A
or EU7 ................................................................... :
There are exemptions or differences in certain N/A
CENELEC countries
—
ZI ANNEX ZI (INFORMATIVE) —
Information on the application of A11:2014 to EN 60335-1:2012
CENELEC CLC/TC 61(SEC)2096A
Clarification of the application of parts 2 in P
conjunction with the 2002 or 2012 version of EN
60335-1
—
ZZA ANNEX ZZA (INFORMATIVE) —
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THIS EUROPEAN STANDARD AND THE SAFETY
OBJECTIVES OF DIRECTIVE 2014/35/EU [2014 OJ L96} AIMED TO BE
COVERED
to safety objectives of Directive 2014/35/EU
of this standard given in Table ZZA.1 confers a
presumption of conformity with the safety
objectives of that Directive and associated EFTA
regulations
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

with the Part 1 provides one means of conformity
with the safety objectives
—
ANNEX EN 62233:2008 + AC:2008 —
EMF- ELECTROMAGNETICS FIELDS
The tested product also complies with the requirements of EN 62233:2008 —
Limit ……………100% Measured max.: 8,9 % (Max. P
result)
—
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Attachment 4: Unit Picture
Unit Picture:
Picture No.1 : Overall view of outdoor unit
Picture No.2 : Overall rear view of outdoor
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Unit Picture: (Cont’d)
Picture No.3 : Internal view of outdoor unit
Picture No. 4 : Inner side view of outdoor
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Picture No.5 : Supply terminal of outdoor unit
Picture No.6 : Cord anchorage compartment of outdoor unit
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Picture No.7 : Compressor compartment of outdoor unit
Picture No.8 : Service port compartment of outdoor unit
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Picture No.9 : Component view of PCB. of outdoor unit
Picture No.10 : Pattern view of PCB. of outdoor unit
**************************************** End of Report ****************************************
TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Sikkerhedsdatablad

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sikkerhedsdatablad

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sikkerhedsdatablad

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Test Report issued under the responsibility of:

Report Number. .............................. : 23029040BKK-001

Name of Testing Laboratory

Disclaimer: This document is controlled and has been released electronically.

Test item description ....................... : Air-to-Water Heatpump (Outdoor unit)

Manufacturer .................................... : Panasonic Corporation

Model/Type reference ...................... : Air-to-Water Heatpump (Outdoor unit):

Ratings .............................................. : 230V~ 50Hz; Class I; R290

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

CB Testing Laboratory: Intertek Testing Services (Thailand) Ltd.

Approved by (name, function, signature) ... : Peerapon Sintuaus

Testing procedure: CTF Stage 1:

Testing procedure: CTF Stage 2: Panasonic Corporation

Witnessed by (name, function, signature) . : Tanawat Yoksakoon

Approved by (name, function, signature) ... : Peerapon Sintuaus

Testing procedure: CTF Stage 3: N/A

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

List of Attachments (including a total number of pages in each attachment):

Tests performed (name of test and test clause): Testing location:

Clause 13 : Leakage current and electric strength

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Summary of compliance with National Differences (List of countries addressed):

Statement not required by the standard used for type testing

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Copy of marking plate:

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Copy of marking plate: (Cont’d)

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Copy of marking plate: (Cont’d)

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

Test item particulars...................................................: Air-to-Water Heatpump (Outdoor unit)

Throughout this report a comma / point is used as the decimal separator.

Manufacturer’s Declaration per sub-clause 4.2.5 of IECEE 02:

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

General product information and other remarks:

No. Items General product information

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

General product information and other remarks: (Cont’d)

The following models are included by this test report.

Air-to-Water Heatpump Refrigerant

Name and address of factory (ies):

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

5 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE TESTS ⎯

Length of pipe is between 5 m and 7,5 m N/A

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

5.102 Motor-compressors tested and comply with N/A

Model or type reference .............................. : See in general product P

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Symbol IEC 60417-5018, for class II and class III N/A

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

Appliances are marked with all of the N/A

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40

When an A2L refrigerant is used, the flame N/A

TRF No. IEC60335_2_21&40I

IEC 60335-2-21 & 60335-2-40